Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 744

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test

Automation Software
Platform

User Guide
Notices
© Keysight Technologies 2019 the exclusive authority by which the U.S. MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
government may use, modify, distribute, or PARTICULAR PURPOSE. KEYSIGHT SHALL
No part of this manual may be reproduced
disclose the Software. The EULA and the NOT BE LIABLE FOR ERRORS OR FOR
in any form or by any means (including
license set forth therein, does not require INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL
electronic storage and retrieval or transla-
or permit, among other things, that Key- DAMAGES IN CONNECTION WITH THE
tion into a foreign language) without prior
sight: (1) Furnish technical information FURNISHING, USE, OR PERFORMANCE OF
agreement and written consent from
related to commercial computer software THIS DOCUMENT OR ANY INFORMATION
Keysight Technologies as governed by
or commercial computer software docu- CONTAINED HEREIN. SHOULD KEYSIGHT
United States and international copyright
mentation that is not customarily provided AND THE USER HAVE A SEPARATE
laws.
to the public; or (2) Relinquish to, or other- WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH WARRANTY
Manual Part Number wise provide, the government rights in TERMS COVERING THE MATERIAL IN THIS
excess of these rights customarily provided DOCUMENT THAT CONFLICT WITH THESE
N5991-91101 to the public to use, modify, reproduce, TERMS, THE WARRANTY TERMS IN THE
release, perform, display, or disclose com- SEPARATE AGREEMENT WILL CONTROL.
Edition mercial computer software or commercial
Edition 1.0, October 2019 computer software documentation. No Safety Notices
additional government requirements
beyond those set forth in the EULA shall
apply, except to the extent that those CAUTION
Keysight Technologies Deutschland GmbH
terms, rights, or licenses are explicitly
Herrenberger Strasse 130,
71034 Böblingen, Germany
required from all providers of commercial A CAUTION notice denotes a hazard. It
computer software pursuant to the FAR and calls attention to an operating proce-
Technology Licenses the DFARS and are set forth specifically in dure, practice, or the like that, if not
writing elsewhere in the EULA. Keysight
The hardware and/or software described in correctly performed or adhered to,
shall be under no obligation to update,
this document are furnished under a revise or otherwise modify the Software.
could result in damage to the product
license and may be used or copied only in With respect to any technical data as or loss of important data. Do not pro-
accordance with the terms of such license. defined by FAR 2.101, pursuant to FAR ceed beyond a CAUTION notice until
12.211 and 27.404.2 and DFARS 227.7102, the indicated conditions are fully
U.S. Government Rights the U.S. government acquires no greater understood and met.
than Limited Rights as defined in FAR
The Software is “commercial computer 27.401 or DFAR 227.7103-5 (c), as appli-
software,” as defined by Federal Acquisition cable in any technical data.
Regulation (“FAR”) 2.101. Pursuant to FAR WARNING
12.212 and 27.405-3 and Department of
Defense FAR Supplement
Warranty A WARNING notice denotes a hazard. It
calls attention to an operating proce-
(“DFARS”) 227.7202, the U.S. government THE MATERIAL CONTAINED IN THIS
dure, practice, or the like that, if not
acquires commercial computer software DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED "AS IS," AND IS
SUBJECT TO BEING CHANGED, WITHOUT
correctly performed or adhered to,
under the same terms by which the soft-
ware is customarily provided to the public. NOTICE, IN FUTURE EDITIONS. FURTHER, could result in personal injury or death.
Accordingly, Keysight provides the Soft- TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY Do not proceed beyond a WARNING
ware to U.S. government customers under APPLICABLE LAW, KEYSIGHT DISCLAIMS notice until the indicated conditions
its standard commercial license, which is ALL WARRANTIES, EITHER EXPRESS OR are fully understood and met.
embodied in its End User License Agree- IMPLIED WITH REGARD TO THIS MANUAL
ment (EULA), a copy of which can be found AND ANY INFORMATION CONTAINED
at http://www.keysight.com/find/sweula. HEREIN, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
The license set forth in the EULA represents THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF

2 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide


Contents
1 Introduction
Overview 14
Document History 15
First Edition (October 2019) 15

2 ValiFrame PCIe Station


ValiFrame PCIe Station Configuration 18
Using Keysight IO VISA Connection Expert 26
Starting the PCIe Station 28
Configuring DUT 29

3 Using the Software


Introduction 44
Selecting, Modifying & Running Tests 46
Results 48

PCIe Parameters 50
Sequencer Parameters 50
Common Parameters 51
Procedure Parameters 56

4 2.5 & 5.0 GT/s ASIC Tests


Overview 64
Common Parameters for 2.5 & 5.0 GT/s ASIC Calibrations 64

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 3


Contents

2.5 & 5.0 GT/s ASIC Calibrations 65


2.5G/5G Random Jitter Calibration 65
2.5G/5G ISI Calibration 67
2.5G/5G CMSI Calibration 69
2.5G/5G Eye Height Calibration 71

Receiver Tests 74
Common Parameters for Receiver Tests 74
Common Parameters specific for Data Rates 74
2.5G/5G Rx Compliance Test 76
2.5G/5G Rx Jitter Tolerance Test 79
2.5G/5G Rx Sensitivity Test 84

Receiver Setup Tests 87


Common Parameters for Receiver Setup Tests 87
2.5G/5G Rx Compliance Setup 88

5 8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests


Overview 92
Common Parameters for 8.0 GT/s ASIC Calibrations 92
8.0 GT/s ASIC Calibrations 93
8G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration 93
8G Random Jitter Calibration 101
8G Insertion Loss Calibration 107
8G CMSI Calibration 111
8G DMSI Calibration 115
8G Stressed Jitter Eye Calibration 119

Receiver Tests 124


Common Parameters for Receiver Tests 124
Common Parameters specific for Data Rates 124
8G Rx EQ Coefficient Matrix Scan 126
8G Rx Pre-Shoot De-Emphasis Scan 132
8G Rx Stressed Jitter Eye Test 138
8G Rx Jitter Tolerance Test 143

4 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide


Contents

Link Equalization Transmitter Tests 149


Common Parameters for Link Equalization Transmitter Tests 149
Common Parameters specific for Data Rates 149
8G LEQ Tx Initial Preset Compliance Test 150
8G LEQ Tx Response Time Compliance Test 153

Receiver Setup Tests 158


Common Parameters for Receiver Setup Tests 158
Common Parameters specific for Data Rates 158
8G Rx Stressed Jitter Eye Setup 159

6 16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests


Overview 164
Common Parameters for 16.0 GT/s ASIC Calibrations 164
16.0 GT/s ASIC Calibrations 165
16G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration 165
16G Random Jitter Calibration 173
16G LF SJ Calibration 179
16G HF SJ Calibration 184
16G Unit Interval Calibration 189
16G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Measurement 193
16G Insertion Loss Calibration 197
16G ISI Adjustment Calibration 203
16G Initial Equalization Preset Optimization 207
16G Channel Calibration 215
16G DMSI Calibration 223
16G CMSI Calibration 227
16G Final Equalization Preset 231
16G Pre-Compliance Eye Calibration 238
16G Compliance Eye Calibration 243
16G Eye-Height and Width Measurement 247
16G Eye-Height and Width Scan 250

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 5


Contents

Receiver Tests 253


Common Parameters for Receiver Tests 253
Common Parameters specific for Data Rates 253
Common Parameters specific for Lanes 254
16G Rx EQ Coefficient Matrix Scan 255
16G Rx Pre-Shoot De-Emphasis Scan 261
16G Rx Stressed Jitter Eye Test 267
16G Rx Jitter Tolerance Test 272

Link Equalization Receiver Tests 279


Common Parameters for Link Equalization Receiver Tests 279
Common Parameters specific for Data Rates 279
16G LEQ Rx Stressed Jitter Eye Test 280
16G LEQ Rx Jitter Tolerance Test 280

Link Equalization Transmitter Tests 281


Common Parameters for Link Equalization Transmitter Tests 281
Common Parameters specific for Data Rates 281
16G LEQ Tx Initial Preset Compliance Test 282
16G LEQ Tx Response Time Compliance Test 285

Receiver Setup Tests 290


Common Parameters for Receiver Setup Tests 290
Common Parameters specific for Data Rates 290
Common Parameters specific for Lanes 290
16G Rx Stressed Jitter Eye Setup 291

7 32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests


Overview 296
Common Parameters for 32.0 GT/s ASIC Calibrations 296

6 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide


Contents

32.0 GT/s ASIC Calibrations 297


32G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration 297
32G Random Jitter Calibration 304
32G HF Sinusoidal Jitter Calibration 308
32G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Measurement 312
32G Insertion Loss Calibration 315
32G Initial Equalization Preset Optimization 318
32G Channel Calibration 326
32G AWG Amplitude Correction Calibration 334
32G DM Sinusoidal Interference Calibration 337
32G CM Sinusoidal Interference Calibration 342
32G Final Equalization Preset Optimization 347
32G Pre-Compliance Eye Calibration 354
32G Compliance Eye Calibration 359
32G Eye-Height and Width Measurement 363
32G Eye-Height and Width Scan 366

Receiver Tests 369


Common Parameters for Receiver Tests 369
Common Parameters specific for Data Rates 369
32G Rx EQ Coefficient Matrix Scan 371
32G Rx Pre-Compliance Test 377
32G Rx Jitter Tolerance Test 382

Link Equalization Receiver Tests 387


Common Parameters for Link Equalization Receiver Tests 387
32G LEQ Rx Compliance Test 387
32G LEQ Rx Jitter Tolerance Test 387

Receiver Setup Tests 388


Common Parameters for Receiver Setup Tests 388
32G Rx Impairments Setup 389

8 2.5 & 5.0 GT/s CEM Tests


Overview 394
Common Parameters for 2.5 & 5.0 GT/s CEM Calibrations 394

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 7


Contents

2.5 & 5.0 GT/s CEM Calibrations 395


2.5G/5G Random Jitter Calibration 395
2.5G/5G De-Emphasis Calibration 398
2.5G/5G Eye Height Calibration 400

Receiver Tests 403


Common Parameters for Receiver Tests 403
Common Parameters specific for Data Rates 403
2.5G/5G Rx Compliance Test 405
2.5G/5G Rx Jitter Tolerance Test 408
2.5G/5G Rx Sensitivity Test 413

Receiver Setup Tests 416


Common Parameters for Receiver Setup Tests 416
Common Parameters specific for Data Rates 416
2.5G/5G Rx Compliance Setup 417

9 8.0 GT/s CEM Tests


Overview 420
Common Parameters for 8.0 GT/s CEM Calibrations 420
8.0 GT/s CEM Calibrations 421
8G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration 421
8G Random Jitter Calibration 429
8G Sinusoidal Jitter Calibration 435
8G DMSI Calibration 440
8G Eye-Height and Width Calibration 444
8G Compliance Eye Calibration 451

8 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide


Contents

Receiver Tests 456


Common Parameters for Receiver Tests 456
Common Parameters specific for Data Rates 456
Common Parameters specific for Lanes 457
8G Rx EQ Coefficient Matrix Scan 458
8G Rx Pre-Shoot De-Emphasis Scan 466
8G Rx Preset Pre-Compliance Test 474
8G Rx Pre-Compliance Test 480
8G Rx Jitter Tolerance Test 486
8G Rx Sensitivity Test 494

Link Equalization Receiver Tests 500


Common Parameters for Link Equalization Receiver Tests 500
Common Parameters specific for Data Rates 500
8G LEQ Rx Compliance Test 501
8G LEQ Rx Jitter Tolerance Test 507
8G LEQ Rx Sensitivity Test 507

Link Equalization Transmitter Tests 508


Common Parameters for Link Equalization Transmitter Tests 508
Common Parameters specific for Data Rates 508
8G LEQ Tx Initial Preset Compliance Test 509
8G LEQ Tx Response Time Compliance Test 512

Receiver Setup Tests 519


Common Parameters for Receiver Setup Tests 519
Common Parameters specific for Data Rates 519
Common Parameters specific for Lanes 519
8G Rx Compliance Setup 520

10 16.0 GT/s CEM Tests


Overview 526
Common Parameters for 16.0 GT/s CEM Calibrations 526

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 9


Contents

16.0 GT/s CEM Calibrations 527


16G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration 527
16G RJ Calibration 535
16G LF SJ Calibration 541
16G HF SJ Calibration 546
16G Unit Interval Calibration 551
16G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Measurement 555
16G Insertion Loss Calibration 559
16G DMSI Calibration 567
16G CMSI Calibration 571
16G Initial Equalization Preset Optimization 575
16G Channel Calibration 583
16G Final Equalization Preset 591
16G Pre-Compliance Eye Calibration 598
16G Compliance Eye Calibration 603
16G Eye-Height and Width Measurement 607
16G Eye-Height and Width Scan 610

Receiver Tests 613


Common Parameters for Receiver Tests 613
Common Parameters specific for Data Rates 613
Common Parameters specific for Lanes 614
16G Rx EQ Coefficient Matrix Scan 615
16G Rx Pre-Shoot De-Emphasis Scan 623
16G Rx Pre-Compliance Test 631
16G Rx Jitter Tolerance Test 638

Link Equalization Receiver Tests 646


Common Parameters for Link Equalization Receiver Tests 646
Common Parameters specific for Data Rates 646
16G LEQ Rx Compliance Test 647
16G LEQ Rx Jitter Tolerance Test 647

10 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide


Contents

Link Equalization Transmitter Tests 648


Common Parameters for Link Equalization Transmitter Tests 648
Common Parameters specific for Data Rates 648
16G LEQ Tx Initial Preset Compliance Test 649
16G LEQ Tx Response Time Compliance Test 652

Receiver Setup Tests 659


Common Parameters for Receiver Setup Tests 659
Common Parameters specific for Data Rates 659
Common Parameters specific for Lanes 659
16G Rx Pre-Compliance Setup 660

11 8.0 GT/s U2 Tests


Overview 666
Common Parameters for 8.0 GT/s U2 Calibrations 666
8.0 GT/s U2 Calibrations 667
8G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration 667
8G Random Jitter Calibration 675
8G Sinusoidal Jitter Calibration 681
8G DMSI Calibration 686
8G Eye-Height and Width Calibration 690
8G Compliance Eye Calibration 695

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 11


Contents

Receiver Tests 698


Common Parameters for Receiver Tests 698
Common Parameters specific for Data Rates 698
Common Parameters specific for Lanes 699
8G Rx EQ Coefficient Matrix Scan 700
8G Rx Pre-Shoot De-Emphasis Scan 705
8G Rx Preset Pre-Compliance Test 711
8G Rx Pre-Compliance Test 715
8G Rx Jitter Tolerance Test 719
8G Rx Sensitivity Test 725
8G LEQ Rx Compliance Test 729
8G LEQ Rx Jitter Tolerance Test 729
8G LEQ Rx Sensitivity Test 729

Link Equalization Transmitter Tests 730


Common Parameters for Link Equalization Transmitter Tests 730
Common Parameters specific for Data Rates 730
8G LEQ Tx Initial Preset Compliance Test 731
8G LEQ Tx Response Time Compliance Test 734

Receiver Setup Tests 739


Common Parameters for Receiver Setup Tests 739
Common Parameters specific for Data Rates 739
Common Parameters specific for Lanes 739
8G Rx Compliance Setup 740

12 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide


Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software
Platform
User Guide

1 Introduction
Overview / 14
Document History / 15
1 Introduction

Overview

This guide provides a detailed description of the Keysight N5991 PCIe Test
Automation Software Platform.
The BitifEye “ValiFrame” Test Automation software is globally marketed
and supported by Keysight Technologies as N5991. This document
describes in detail the calibrations and test procedures conducted by
N5991 ValiFrame for PCIe (Peripheral Component Interconnect) Gen5.
The N5991 software calibrates the stress conditions and controls all test
electronic equipment for automated receiver tolerance tests. The receiver
tests described in this document are implemented according to the
requirements of the Compliance Test Specification (CTS) and also offers
some custom characterization tests to provide more details on DUT
behavior beyond the specificlimits.
The N5991 PCIe Receiver tests support the Keysight Technologies J-BERT
M8020A and M8040 high-performance serial BERTs (Bit Error Ratio
Tester). An Infiniium oscilloscope is always required.

14 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide


Introduction 1

Document History

First Edition (October 2019)

The first edition of this user guide describes functionality of software


version N5991 ValiFrame PCIe_1.00.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 15


1 Introduction

16 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide


Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software
Platform
User Guide

2 ValiFrame PCIe
Station
ValiFrame PCIe Station Configuration / 18
Starting the PCIe Station / 28

After the software has been installed, two icons are added to the desktop
as shown in Figure 1 and Figure 8. One is for the Station Configuration and
the other icon pertains to ValiFrame PCIe.
2 ValiFrame PCIe Station

ValiFrame PCIe Station Configuration

Test Station Selection

The set of test instruments that are used for a specific application are
referred to in the following as “Test Station” or in short “Station”. The test
station is controlled by a suitable PC and the N5991 Test Automation
Software Platform.
The N5991 PCIe Station Configurator must be started prior to launching
ValiFrame. It allows you to select an application (such as PCI Express) and
the required set of instruments. Double-click the icon (see Figure 1) to
launch the software. Alternatively, to access the ValiFrame Station
Configuration on a Windows-based PC:
Click Start > BitifEye PCIe N5991 > PCIe Station Configurator (N5991).

Figure 1 Icon for PCIe Station Configurator

When the ValiFrame PCIe Station Configuration is launched, the Valiframe


Configuration Wizard appears as shown in Figure 2. The available Test
Stations are listed in the Select Station drop-down options.

18 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide


ValiFrame PCIe Station 2

Figure 2 Station selection window

You may also select either (Microsoft) Excel or HTML as the viewer for test
results.
Next, you may optionally assign sounds that would mark the attainment of
different states of the program.
1 End of Sequencer plays the selected sound at the end of a sequence.
2 Connection diagram plays the selected sound every time a connection
diagram pops up.
3 Dialog Prompt plays the selected sound at each dialog prompt.
Select a sound tone from the following options available in the drop-down
options. The option ‘None’ disables the sound for the respective action.
• Car brake
• Feep Feep
• Ringing
• TaDa
• Tut
Click “Play” to test a sound before assigning it to a specific action.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 19


2 ValiFrame PCIe Station

Test Station Configuration

After selecting Test Station as PCIe Station, click Next to continue. The
Station Configuration stage of the Wizard is displayed as shown in
Figure 3. It shows the various options for instruments that can be used for
PCIe testing. It contains such options as:
Data Generator
The pattern generator is used to create patterns with specified stress
parameters. Available options are:
• JBERT M8020A (Keysight M8020A J-BERT High Performance BERT)
• JBERT M8040A (Keysight M8040A 64 Gbaud High-performance BERT)
The error detector of the selected data generator (BERT system) is used to
check for errors that may be contained in the data looped back from the
DUT (Device Under Test).

Figure 3 Station configuration window

20 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide


ValiFrame PCIe Station 2

Use Transition Time Converters on Data Out


For all such calibrations where the output of the BERT is directly
connected to the oscilloscope, it is required to use the high bandwidth
inputs of the scope to avoid any measurement artifacts, which may occur
due to the fast edges of the M8040A.
Using TTCs slows down the M8040A’s edge rates and allows for reduction
in the required BandWidth of the oscilloscope. Therefore, adding TTCs to
the setup provides for using low bandwidth inputs for all calibrations and
avoid re-connections on the oscilloscope.
Main Power Control
Select one of the options from the drop-down menu:
• Manual
• NetIo 230B (a power distribution unit with one 230 V input and four 230
V outlets)
• ALL4076
• SynaccessNP
Use External 100MHz Reference Clock Source
Select the “Use ext. 100 MHz Reference Clock Source” check box to use a
100 MHz reference clock as a clock source for the data generator and the
DUT to obtain a constant clock signal. It is required only in Common Clock
architecture.
Use Switch for Rx Tests
By using a Switch, you can test more than one lane without changing the
setup connections. This, in turn, largely reduces user interventions during
testing.
Select the “Use Switch for Rx Tests” check box to enable the “Switch
Configuration” button. Click this button to open the Rx Switch
Configuration dialog (see Figure 4), where you can select the “Rx Switch
Type”. The available options are:
• SP4T
• SP6T
• SP8T

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 21


2 ValiFrame PCIe Station

Figure 4 Rx Switch Configuration window

To use a BitifEye 2100 Series Switch System, you require the license
option “N5991PA4_ADD (PCI Express Receiver Test Switch System
Support)”.
Map DUT Lanes to tests instrument channels
The “Map DUT Lanes to tests instrument channels” option is an alternative
to the Switch Matrix that is used to test several lanes without cabling
re-connections. If this check box is selected, the Rx DUT lanes can be
mapped to different data outputs of the generator instrument.
SigTest Configuration
The SigTest software is used in several calibration procedures to calculate
the eye height, eye width, and jitter parameters of the generated signal.
The SigTest Configuration dialog (see Figure 5) lets you select the
Installation directories, Jitter measurement template and EH/EW
measurement template used for the calibrations.
The SigTest software must be installed separately before ValiFrame is
started. PCI-SIG members can download the SigTest installer directly from
the PCI-SIG website.

22 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide


ValiFrame PCIe Station 2

There may be instances when the template names may change for
NOTE different SigTest versions. To automatically modify the template names,
click the “Default” button and the names are modified to correlate with
the required SigTest version.

Figure 5 SigTest Configuration window

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 23


2 ValiFrame PCIe Station

Test Instrument Configuration

Once the PCIe station is configured, the instrument addresses must be set.
An example for instrument configuration is set as shown in Figure 6.

Figure 6 Instrument configuration window

Make sure that all the selected instruments for the test station are
NOTE connected to the test station PC controller by the remote control
interfaces such as LAN or USB.

After the installation process, all instruments are configured by default in


“Offline” mode. In the simulation mode, the hardware need not necessarily
be physically connected to the test controller PC. The ValiFrame software
cannot connect to any instrument in this mode. In order to control the
instruments that are connected to the PC, the instrument address must be
entered. The address depends on the bus type used for the connection, for
example, GPIB (General Purpose Interface BUS) or LAN (Local Area
Network). Most of the instruments used in the PCIe station require a VISA
(Virtual Instrument System Architecture) connection. To determine the
VISA address, run the “Connection Expert” (right-click the Keysight IO
Control icon in the task bar and select the first entry “Connection Expert”).

24 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide


ValiFrame PCIe Station 2

Copy the address string for each instrument from the Connection Expert
entries and paste it as the instrument address in the ‘Station Configuration
Wizard’. After the address strings have been entered, click Check
Connections to verify that the connections for the instruments are
established properly. If an erroneous instrument address configuration is
performed, the Wizard displays a prompt to indicate so.

When starting a specific test station configuration for the first time, all
NOTE instruments are set to the “Offline” mode. In this mode, the test
automation software does not connect to any instrument. This mode can
be used for demonstrations or checks only.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 25


2 ValiFrame PCIe Station

Using Keysight IO VISA Connection Expert

Introduction

The Keysight Connection Expert is recommended to setup new


connections or verify existing connections. Start the Connection Expert by
right-clicking on the Keysight IO Libraries Suite icon in the task bar and
selecting “Connection Expert”. A window similar to the one shown in
Figure 7 is displayed.

Figure 7 Keysight Connection Expert

Under “Instruments”, click Rescan.

26 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide


ValiFrame PCIe Station 2

For each instrument that must be connected, verify that the corresponding
information is listed on the menu to the left and that the VISA Address for
each instrument shows a green tick.
Once all the instruments to be used are listed properly, their address
strings can be entered in the Instrument Configuration stage of the Wizard
(see Figure 6). The recommended way of doing this is to copy and paste
each instrument address as follows:
Click the “VISA Address” field next to an instrument in the Connection
Expert and copy the address. Highlight the corresponding entry of that
instrument in the Test Station Connection window, paste the address in
the “Instrument Address” text field and click “Apply Address”. Repeat this
procedure for all the instruments being used, except standard specific
applications running on the oscilloscope.
The applications running on the oscilloscope use a different technology to
provide remote access to ValiFrame, called .NET Remoting
Communication. The remote access is only possible using a LAN
connection to the oscilloscope; therefore, only an IP address is used to
connect to such an instrument.
Once all the instruments are set with the appropriate addresses, tick the
check boxes for all such instruments, which shall be used by the Test
Automation Software. This will set the instrument mode to “Online”. Click
“Check Connections” to verify that the instrument addresses are valid.
Click “Finish” to save the changes and close the ValiFrame Configuration
Wizard.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 27


2 ValiFrame PCIe Station

Starting the PCIe Station

Start the ValiFrame PCIe Test Station by double-clicking “PCIe Valiframe


(N5991)” icon on the desktop as shown in Figure 8. Alternatively, click
Start > BitifEye PCIe N5991 >PCIe Valiframe.

Figure 8 PCIe Valiframe Test Station icon

Clicking the ValiFrame PCIe icon launches the PCIe N5991 Test
Automation window as shown in Figure 9.

Figure 9 ValiFrame PCIe user interface

28 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide


ValiFrame PCIe Station 2

The test parameters must be configured before running any test or


calibration procedure. Click the “NEW” button to open the Configure DUT
window (Figure 10).

Configuring DUT

The Configure DUT window allows you to select the DUT parameters, such
as DUT Type, Spec Version, Compliance Mode or Expert Mode and also
test parameters, which are related to the receiver test configuration. These
parameters shall be used later in several calibrations and test procedures.

Figure 10 Configure DUT panel

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 29


2 ValiFrame PCIe Station

Configuration Parameters

The description for parameters that appear in the Configure DUT window
are listed in Table 1.

Table 1 List of Configuration Parameters and their description

Parameter name Description

DUT Parameters

DUT Name Name of the DUT. This is used to identify the product.

Serial Number Serial Number of the DUT. This is used to identify the product.

Version The available PCI Express specification versions are:


• 4.0—supports 2.5GT/s, 5.0GT/s, 8.0 GT/s and 16.0GT/s data rates
• 5.0—supports 32GT/s data rates

Interface Type Select one of the following interface types:


• ASIC
• CEM
• U.2

DUT Type The DUT type is filtered based on the selected Interface Type.
• For Interface Type ‘CEM’, DUT Type options are:
• Add-In Card: A graphics card (for example) can be tested according to the CEM specification.
• System: A mother board (for example) can be tested according to the CEM specification.
• For Interface Type ‘ASIC’, DUT Type options are:
• EndPoint: A PCIe (for example) endpoint is tested according to the Base specification.
• RootComplex: A PCIe chip (for example) is tested according to the Base specification.
• For Interface Type ‘U.2’, DUT Type options are:
• Host
• Device

Clock Architecture Select an option:


• Common Clock—The default clock architecture where all parts of the system use the same clock.
• Separate Ref Clocks Independent SSC

Description Text Field for Product Description

Test Parameters

User Name User name text field.

Comment Text field for user comments.

Initial Start Date Time stamp of the start of current session.

Last Test Date Time stamp of the last test conducted in the current session.

30 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide


ValiFrame PCIe Station 2

Parameter name Description

Compliance Mode Test are conducted as mandated by the CTS. The parameters that are shown in the calibrations and test procedures
cannot be modified by the user.

Expert Mode Calibration and tests can be conducted beyond the limits and constrains of the CTS and the DUT. The parameters that are
shown in the calibrations and test procedures can be modified by the user.

Data Rate The available data rates depend on the specification version and the interface type selected.

show the correlation between Data Rates, Interface Type and Specification
Version.

Table 2 Data Rates supported by M8040A

Interface Type Version 4.0 Version 5.0

ASIC 8.0 and 16.0GT/s 8.0*, 16.0* and 32.0GT/s

CEM 8.0 and 16.0GT/s 8.0* and 16.0*GT/s

U.2 8.0GT/s 8.0*GT/s

Table 3 Data Rates supported by M8020A

Interface Type Version 4.0 Version 5.0

ASIC 2.5, 5.0, 8.0 and 16.0GT/s 2.5*, 5.0*, 8.0, 16.0* and 32.0GT/s

CEM 2.5, 5.0, 8.0 and 16.0GT/s 2.5*, 5.0*, 8.0* and 16.0*GT/s

U.2 8.0GT/s 8.0*GT/s

*Gen5 Tests at these data rates are not yet defined by PCI-SIG. Currently, they are per-
formed as per Gen4 PHY Test Specification.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 31


2 ValiFrame PCIe Station

PCIe Parameters

On the Configure DUT window, click the “Show Parameters” button. The
“PCIe End Point Parameters” window is displayed, as shown in Figure 11.

Figure 11 PCIe Parameters configuration window

Depending on the selected speed class, the individual tabs are displayed.
The parameters displayed under “Rx All Data Rates” tab are described
further.

32 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide


ValiFrame PCIe Station 2

Generator SSC
The generator SSC is enabled only when the SRIS architecture is selected.
When enabled, the following parameters can be set:
• SSC Frequency
• Sin SSC Deviation
Power Switch Automation
If a Power Switch is used, the DUT is powered on/off automatically by the
software and the loopback training can be run without user intervention.
To select the Power Switch in the “PCIe End Point Parameters” dialog, you
must configure the same power switch that was previously selected in the
Station Configuration. When enabled, the following parameters can be set:
• Channel: This sets the channel number of the power switch channel,
which is connected to the DUT.
• Off – On duration: This is the duration between powering the DUT off
and then powering it on again.
• Settling time: This is the wait time after the DUT is powered on and
before the test continues with loopback training.
• Max retries for LB training: Maximum number of times that ValiFrame
tries to train the DUT into loopback mode. If it is not possible within
these tries, the test is aborted automatically. When “Power Switch
Automation” is unchecked, ValiFrame prompts you to retry every time
loopback fails.
External Reference Clock
The External Reference Clock option is available only for Common Clock
architecture. The user interface appears slightly different for Add-In Cards
/ End-point DUTs than for System / Root Complex DUTs.
For Add-In Cards / End-point DUT types, select the following parameters:

Figure 12 Ext. Ref. Clock Source for End-Point DUTs

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 33


2 ValiFrame PCIe Station

• Use External 100MHz Reference Clock Source:


• If not selected, the clock output of the data generator is connected
directly to the DUT. As such, the Reference Clock Multiplier is not
required.
• If selected, the external reference clock provides the clock to the
DUT and to the data generator. Here, a reference clock multiplier is
used to connect the external reference clock to the data generator.
Currently, the option available to specify the way to connect the
external clock to the data generator is:
• Internal: Connects the external clock to the data generator
directly and the data generator uses its internal PLL.
For System / Root Complex DUT types, select the following parameters:

Figure 13 Ext. Ref. Clock Source for Root Complex DUTs

the External Reference Clock is not required as the DUT directly provides
the clock signal to the data generator. In such cases, the reference clock
multiplier is used to connect the DUT's clock to the data generator.
Currently, the option available to specify the way to connect the DUT's
clock to the data generator is:
• Internal: The clock is directly connected to the data generator and is
multiplied internally.
BER Reader
The Bit-Error measurement can be done using the JBERT Analyser or with
an Offline BER reader.
Receiver Setup Procedures
Include Rx Setup Procedures: Select this option to add the receiver setup
procedures to the test tree. In these procedures, the data generator is
configured for the calibrated compliance conditions, but BER test is not
performed.

34 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide


ValiFrame PCIe Station 2

Channels
For 2.5GT/s and 5.0GT/s ASIC:
• M8048A ISI Channel: Select the ISI channel from 0 to 7 for testing.
• Use ISI Channel Emulation: For M8020A setup, if the M8020A JBERT
option M8041A-0G5 is available, ISI can also be generated internally.
• Customize: Select the corresponding check box to enable this option.
The “ISI Channel Customization” dialog appears, as shown in Figure 14.
Here, you may fine-tune the selected ISI Channel by modifying the
insertion loss.

Figure 14 ISI Channel Customization window

For 5.0GT/s Systems:


• 3.5dB Link
• 6.0dB Link
For 8.0GT/s ASIC:
• No Channels (Only for spec version 3.0)
• Short Channel (Only for spec version 3.0)
• Long Channel
For 8.0GT/s CEM:
• CBB rev.2: Select the CBB rev. 2 check box to perform the receiver test
with the additional CBB gen2.
• CBB rev.3 riser card: The Rx tests must be performed with compliance
base board Gen3; therefore, the CBB rev.3 riser card check box is
selected by default.
• DUT Type: For System, select the PCIe Switch check box if the DUT is a
PCIe switch.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 35


2 ValiFrame PCIe Station

Fixtures
For 16GT/s ASIC:
• PCI Express 4.0 CEM Fixture Kit
• Generic
• BIT CEM Connector + M8048A
For 16GT/s CEM:
• PCI Express 4.0 CEM Fixture Kit
For 32GT/s ASIC:
• FR4 292
• FR4 MMPX
• Meg6 292
• Meg6 MMPX
ISI Channel
Select the following options for 8.0GT/s data rate:
• N915A-014
• M8048A-002
• M8041A-0G5 (Only available for M8020A)
• Customize: Click this button to open the ISI Channel Customization
dialog as shown in Figure 14. Here, you may set the Insertion loss at 0
GHz and 4 GHz.
ISI Adjustment
Select the following options for 16.0GT/s data rate:
• Emulated ISI: Select this option to combine the internal ISI generated
by the M8020A with the selected Hardware Traces to adjust the
insertion loss. Note that the M8020A JBERT option M8041A-0G5 is
required to perform this operation.
• Hardware Traces: Select this option to use the Hardware Traces only to
generate the ISI.
• M8041A-0G5 (Only available for M8020A)
For Gen4 CEM tests, the CTS only allows the official PCI-SIG Gen4 fixture
set. Therefore, the “PCI Express 4.0 CEM Fixture” and the ISI Adjustment
with “Hardware Traces” are the only available options.

36 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide


ValiFrame PCIe Station 2

Calibration
For 2.5GT/s and 5.0GT/s:
• Scope Connection: Choose the scope connection type as direct
connection to channel 1&3 and direct connection to channel 2&4.
• Use Transfer Function: Select this check box to embed or de-embed
the calibration boards, fixtures or additional cables using the transfer
function in the scope.
• Transfer function on Scope: Shows the path of the transfer function file
for the package model.
For 8.0GT/s, 16.0GT/s and 32.0GT/s:
• Scope Connection: Choose the scope connection type as either direct
connection to channel 1&3, direct connection to channel 2&4 or as
RealEdge.
• Embed Replica Channel: Select this option to use a transfer function to
embed the replica channel.
• Package Model on Scope: Shows the path of the transfer function file
for the package model.
• Replica Ch. + Package Model on Scope: Shows the path of the transfer
function file that combines the package model and the replica channel.
This option is used when replica channel is embedded.
• Replica Channel Model on Scope: Shows the path of the transfer
function file for the replica channel. This option is used when replica
channel is embedded.
• Eye Calibration Method: Select the tool used for the stressed eye
calibration. Available tool options are either Seasim or SigTest. Each
software uses a different methodology for jitter and eye measurements:
• Seasim: It is a processing tool that uses the standard method. A step
pattern with 256 1s and 0s is applied at the input of the calibration
channel and the step response is captured at the output of the
replica channel. The oscilloscope averages the step response, which
minimizes the noise. Step response defines the complete electrical
behavior of the channel and calculate a statistical eye. Seasim also
simulates the different impairments.
• SigTest: It uses the compliance channel methodology. A compliance
pattern is applied and the different impairments like random jitter,
sinusoidal jitter and differential and common mode sinusoidal
interference are added to the signal.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 37


2 ValiFrame PCIe Station

• Start with Minimum Loss Channel: If not selected, the Initial


Equalization Preset Optimization Calibration starts at -37dB. Then, the
Channel Calibration decreases channel loss with 0.5dB steps until Eye
Height and Width exceed the specification values (and the ratio is
similar to the nominal value) or until channel loss reaches a minimum of
-34dB.
If selected, the Initial Equalization Preset Optimization Calibration
starts at -27dB. Then, the Channel Calibration increases channel loss
with -0.5dB steps until Eye Height and Width slightly exceed the
specification values (and the ratio is close to the ratio of the nominal
eye) or until channel loss reaches a maximum of -37dB. The remaining
calibration procedures use that channel.
• Include Advanced Measurements: Select this option to add some
procedures to the calibration tree for debugging purposes.
Receiver Loopback Training
• Loopback Training Method: Determines how the loopback training is
performed. The available link training methods are Static Sequence,
Interactive Sequence and Vendor Specific.
• Static Sequence: JBERT sends a loopback training sequence to the
DUT. The training pattern is defined by several blocks, following the
standard sequence, which is described in the CTS.
• Interactive Sequence: This feature is only available for the M8020A
when the M8020A S02 option is installed. The training sequence
consists of three blocks: a “Link Down”, a “Wait” block, and “Link
Up”. The loop-back training is managed by the JBERT internally. It
can run the link equalization phase to optimize the performance of
communication.
• Vendor Specific: The loopback training can be performed on the
vendor’s DUT using custom tools, such as JTEC, I2C and so on.
• Link Training Suite Settings File: Shows the path of the link training file.
For the Vendor Specific option, this file should only contain the
loopback pattern for the generator and the analyzer.
• Link Training Suite Lane Number: Sets the lane number (Lane0 to
Lane15) used for encoding in the TS1s/TS2s and sent to the DUT
during loopback training. If the option ‘Auto’ is selected, each lane is
encoded with its own number.
• Relax Time: Select the time span between the points when the stress
signal is changed and the BER starts to be measured.
• Equalization optimization: Select as either ‘Fine’ or ‘Fast’.

38 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide


ValiFrame PCIe Station 2

Receiver Error Detector


The CDR is used to generate a clock signal for the JBERT error detector. If
not selected, the clock is supplied by the JBERT data generator. The
JBERT error detector performs better when used with CDR.
The following CDR settings can be configured:
• Loop bandwidth: Sets the loop bandwidth in MHz.
• Equalization: Sets the Analyzer equalization.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 39


2 ValiFrame PCIe Station

Lanes Configuration

The Lanes window appears, as shown in Figure 15, when you click the
“Lanes Configuration” button in the Configure DUT Panel.

Figure 15 Lanes window for configuring lanes

• Lanes for Rx tests: Select the corresponding check box for one or more
lanes, where testing must be performed. The selection of one or more
lanes depends on the following conditions in the “Station
Configuration” stage of the Valiframe Configuration Wizard:
• If Use Switch for Rx test check box is left unchecked, you can select
all lanes for testing. While the tests are being performed, it is
recommended that you must manually switch cables from lane to
lane.
• If Use Switch for Rx test check box is selected, the number of lanes
to be tested depends on the module type selected. For example, if
SPT4 module type is chosen, up to 4 lanes can be selected for
testing. Similarly, if SPT6 module type is chosen, up to 6 lanes can
be selected for testing.

40 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide


ValiFrame PCIe Station 2

• Lanes for Calibration: Choose one of the following options:


• Use Lane 0 calibration for all lanes in Rx tests: Select this option to
calibrate only Lane 0. The calibration results for lane 0 are used in
the Rx tests for all lanes.
• Calibrate all Rx lanes: Select this option to perform calibrations for
each Rx lane selected. Then, each Rx test uses the corresponding
calibration value of each specific lane to be tested.
If the Map DUT lanes to test instrument channels check box is selected in
the “Station Configuration” stage of the Valiframe Configuration Wizard,
the Lanes dialog appears as shown in Figure 16. You may select all lanes
and each tested lane can be mapped to one of the available generator and
analyzer channels. Therefore, mapping of different lanes to various
instruments helps you to avoid cable re-connections.

Figure 16 Configuration of the Lanes dialog for mapping

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 41


2 ValiFrame PCIe Station

42 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide


Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software
Platform
User Guide

3 Using the Software


Introduction / 44
Selecting, Modifying & Running Tests / 46
PCIe Parameters / 50
3 Using the Software

Introduction

Once the DUT has been configured, click OK in the Configure DUT Panel.
All calibration and test procedures are included in the respective groups in
a manner similar to how they are organized in the CTS document.

Figure 17 PCIe main window

The parameter grid on the right side of the window shows the parameters
which are related to the selected procedures.
The log list at the bottom of the window shows calibration and test status
messages (regular progress updates as well as warnings and error
messages).
To start one or more procedures, select the corresponding check box. The
Start button is enabled and turns green in color. Click Start to run the
selected procedures.

44 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide


Using the Software 3

Once all the procedures are run, the N5991 configuration can be stored as
a single ‘.vfp’ file using the Save button and recalled using the Load button
without the need to configure the DUT again.

Before executing the calibration or test procedures, ensure that the PCIe
CAUTION Station Configuration is configured properly with all necessary
instruments such as the Infiniium oscilloscope set to “online”. All
calibrations can be run in offline mode, that is, without any instrument
connected. The offline mode is intended for product demonstrations with
simulated data. CALIBRATIONS RUN IN OFFLINE MODE DO NOT
GENERATE VALID CALIBRATION DATA.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 45


3 Using the Software

Selecting, Modifying & Running Tests

Selecting Procedures

The calibration, receiver, and transmitter test procedure groups can be


selected globally by selecting the check box at the top of the group.
Alternatively, an individual test procedure can be selected by checking the
corresponding check box. Click Start to run the selected test procedures.

Modifying Parameters

Most calibration and test procedures, as well as the groups containing


them, have parameters that control the details of how the procedures are
run. In compliance mode, most of these parameters are read-only. In
expert mode, almost all the parameters can be modified. First, select a
specific calibration or test procedure or one of the groups contained in the
N5991 procedure tree, as shown in Figure 18. The parameters are
displayed in a property list on the right side of the window. These
parameters can be configured only before the selected procedure
subgroup or procedure is started. All selected test parameters are listed in
the MS Excel/HTML test results worksheets.

46 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide


Using the Software 3

Figure 18 Modifying parameters

Running Procedures

To run the selected procedures, click the “Start” icon on the toolbar (see
Figure 17). The procedures are run sequentially in the order shown in the
procedure selection tree. Some procedures may require user intervention,
such as changing cable connections or entering DUT parameters. The
required action is prompted in pop-up dialog boxes prior to running the
calibration/test procedures. To view the connection diagram, right-click
the desired test or calibration. From the right-click menu, select “Show
Connection”.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 47


3 Using the Software

Results

Runtime Data Display

Most procedures generate data output. While the procedure is running,


the data is displayed in a temporary MS Excel worksheet or HTML
document (depending on the selected viewer in the Station configuration),
which opens automatically for each individual procedure.
Any MS-Excel worksheet or HTML documents, which are open during the
procedure runs are closed automatically once the specific procedure is
finished. As long as the N5991 Software is running, each result file (MS
Excel worksheet or HTML Page) can be reopened by double-clicking the
respective procedure. However, the individual files are lost when the
N5991 main window is closed, unless you save the individual files or a
collection of them.

Results Workbook

For your convenience, all individual results are summarized in an MS Excel


workbook or HTML document at the end of the test run. All calibration and
test data worksheets can be saved in a workbook by clicking the “Export”
button on the toolbar of the PCIe N5991 Test Automation window.
Keysight recommends performing this action at least once at the end of
each N5991 procedure runs to avoid any data loss. If the calibration and
test procedures are conducted several times during the same N5991 run,
the resulting worksheets are combined in the workbook. If a test
procedure is conducted without prior execution of calibration procedures
in the same test run, only the test results will be saved to the workbook.

As a safety feature, all calibration and test results are saved by default to
NOTE the N5991 “Tmp” directory. The sub-folder “Results/PCIe Station”
contains the Excel files of the final results measured at each calibration
and test procedure. In addition to the calibration data worksheets,
calibration data files are generated. These files are saved by default to
the N5991 calibrations folder. If these calibrations are run again, the
data file is overwritten. To save the calibration data files at each
configuration, the files must be copied from the directory: C:\
ProgramData\BitifEye\N5991\PCIe\Calibrations and saved manually in
any folder before rerunning the calibrations.

48 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide


Using the Software 3

Icon Representation

Once the selected procedures are run successfully, the icons that appear
for individual procedures indicates the result (Pass / Fail / Incomplete) as
described in Table 4.

Table 4 Icon Result description

Smiley Description

Indicates that the procedures have not run yet.

Indicates that the procedures are running.

Indicates that the selected procedures passed successfully in the previous run and the results are available.

Indicates that the selected procedures were passed in offline mode and the results are available.

Indicates that the procedure was not run completely in the previous run.

Indicates that the procedure could not be run in the present run. Most likely, the DUT failed during initialization, so no test
was conducted.

Indicates that the procedure failed in the previous run.

Indicates that the procedure failed in the current run.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 49


3 Using the Software

PCIe Parameters

The PCIe parameters are of three types:


• Sequencer Parameters
• Common Parameters
• Procedure Parameters Sufficient to use

Sequencer Parameters

The sequencer parameters control the flow of the test sequencer, not the
behavior of individual procedures. They are identical across all versions of
ValiFrame. One of them, Repetitions, is available for all procedures and
groups in the procedure tree. The others are only available for procedures.
Like all other parameters the sequencer parameters are shown on right
side of the ValiFrame user interface and you may manually change them,
as illustrated in Figure 19.

Figure 19 PCIe Sequencer Parameters

50 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide


Using the Software 3

All sequencer parameters are listed in alphabetical order in Table 5.

Table 5 PCIe Sequencer Parameters

Parameter Name Parameter Description

Procedure Error Case Behavior • “Proceed With Next Procedure”: If an error occurs in the current test or calibration procedure, continue by
running the next procedure in the sequence.
• “Abort Sequence”: Abort further running of the sequence.

Procedure Failed Case Behavior • “Proceed With Next Procedure”: If the current test or calibration procedure fails, continue by running the next
procedure in the sequence.
• “Abort Sequence”: Abort further running of the sequence.

Repetitions The number of times the group or procedure is going to be repeated. If the value is '0', it runs only once.

Common Parameters

The common parameters are used for several related calibration or test
procedures. They are shown on the right side of the ValiFrame user
interface when the selected entry of the procedure tree on the left is a
group instead of an individual procedure.
The PCIe Receiver Test Software has some group parameters (in addition
to “Repetitions”) on the top-level entry of the PCIe tree. These are
common for all Valiframe calibration and receiver procedures respectively.

Table 6 PCIe Common Calibration Parameters

Parameter Name Description

Scope Connection for All calibrations can be done with either a single-ended direct connection to channels 1&3 or to channels 2&4. For
Calibration 32.0GT/s, RealEdge is also available when a DSO-Z is connected.

2.5 & 5.0GT/S ASIC

PCIe 1 Transfer Function on This is the path to the package model, which is located on the oscilloscope. The package model must be embedded
Scope to perform some calibrations. The file cannot be copied to the oscilloscope by the automation software. If the file is
not on the oscilloscope, the automation software instructs you to copy the package model file manually.

PCIe1 M8048A ISI Channel The M8048A ISI Channel used for PCIe1 ASIC Rx Calibration.

PCIe1 M8048A ISI Channel Set to true if the internal ISI of the M8020A is used, else set to false.
Emulation

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 51


3 Using the Software

PCIe 2 Transfer Function on This is the path to the package model, which is located on the oscilloscope. The package model must be embedded
Scope to perform some calibrations. The file cannot be copied to the oscilloscope by the automation software. If the file is
not on the oscilloscope, the automation software instructs you to copy the package model file manually.

PCIe2 M8048A ISI Channel The M8048A ISI Channel used for PCIe2 ASIC Rx Calibration.

PCIe2 M8048A ISI Channel Set to true if the internal ISI of the M8020A is used, else set to false.
Emulation

8.0GT/S ASIC

Transfer Function File for This is the path to the package model, which is located on the oscilloscope. The package model must be embedded
Package Model on Scope to perform some calibrations. The file cannot be copied to the oscilloscope by the automation software. If the file is
not on the oscilloscope, the automation software instructs you to copy the package model file manually.

Transfer Function File for This is available only if “Embed Replica Channel” was selected in Configure DUT > Show Parameters > Rx 8.0GT/s.
Replica on Scope This is the path to the transfer function of the replica channel, which is located on the oscilloscope.

Transfer Function File for This is available only if “Embed Replica Channel” was selected in Configure DUT > Show Parameters > Rx 8.0GT/s.
Replica and Package Model on This is the path to the transfer function, which includes replica channel and package model, located on the
Scope oscilloscope.

Step Response Low Time The length in UIs prior to the low-to-high transition.

Step Response High Time The length in UIs after the low-to-high transition.

Number of Averages for Step The number of averages for the step response.
Response

16.0 GT/s

Gen4 ASIC Fixtures The Rx tests can be performed either with the Generic fixtures or with the BIT CEM Connector + M8048A.

Gen4 ISI Adjustment The Inter Symbol Interference can be generated with Hardware Traces or can be emulated internally if the M8020A
JBERT option M8041A-0G5 is available.

Gen 4 ASIC Eye Calibration Select either Seasim or SigTest. The selected software is used for jitter and eye measurements.
Method

52 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide


Using the Software 3

Start with Minimum Loss It defines how the Initial Equalization Preset Optimization Calibration starts. If true, the calibration starts with
Channel minimum loss channel and increases it until the specification eye is reached. If false, the calibration starts with
maximum loss channel and decreases it until the specification eye is reached.

32.0 GT/s

Gen 5 ASIC Eye Calibration Select either Seasim or SigTest. The selected software is used for jitter and eye measurements.
Method

Table 7 PCIe Common Receiver Parameters

Parameter Name Description

Reference Clock The frequency of the reference clock.

Data Rate Deviation Deviation of the data rate.

Loopback Training

Link Training Mode Static Sequence: JBERT sends a loopback training sequence to the DUT. The training pattern is defined by several
blocks, following the standard sequence, which is described in the CTS.
Interactive Sequence: The training sequence consists of three blocks: a “Link Down”, a “Wait” block, and “Link Up”.
The loop-back training is managed by the JBERT internally. It can run the link equalization phase to optimize the
performance of communication.
Vendor Specific: The loopback training can be performed on the vendor’s DUT using custom tools, such as JTEC,
I2C and so on.

Link Training Suite Settings File, The Link Training Suite settings file (script file) is used for loopback training.
Interactive Training Script File, Note: Some DUTs require a special training sequence, which can be optimized with the PCIe Link Suite. This
Link EQ Tx Test Script File sequence can be used for Rx testing.

Default Link Training Lane This parameter is only available when the link training mode is set to “static sequence”.
Number for every Lane In such a case, during the loopback training, the lane number are encoded in TS1s/TS2s and sent to the DUT. By
default, this value is set for all lanes. If the option “Auto” is selected, each lane is encoded with its own number.

Suppress Loopback Training When set to true, this hides all popup messages related to loopback training.
Messages

Use Custom Training Voltage Set to true to specify the differential voltage amplitude used during the DUT training.

Interactive Link Training

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 53


3 Using the Software

Training Through For Interactive Link Training Mode, you may select if training should go through L0-Recovery or Configuration.
Note: If you select “Link Training Mode” as ‘Static Sequence’, training always goes through Configuration.

Generator Full Swing Full Swing of generator used with LTSSM. It is applied to all data rates.

Generator Start Preset The generator uses this preset in link equalization phase 1.
Note that this setting is applied for the Jitter Tolerance and Sensitivity tests only.

DUT Initial Preset The DUT Tx uses this preset in link equalization phase 0.

DUT Target Preset The generator (downstream port) requests this preset in link equalization phase 3.

Generator Start Preset Gen4/5 The generator Tx uses this preset in link equalization phase 1.
Note that this setting is applied for the Jitter Tolerance and Sensitivity tests only.

DUT Initial Preset Gen4/5 The DUT Tx uses this preset in link equalization phase 0.

DUT Target Preset Gen4/5 The generator (upstream port) requests this preset in link equalization phase 2.

Drop Link Method Select the method to drop the link during link training.

Error Detector

Use CDR If set to true, CDR is used to generate a clock signal for the JBERT error detector. If set to false, the clock is
supplied by the JBERT data generator. The JBERT error detector performs better when used with CDR.

CDR Loop Bandwidth The loop bandwidth of the JBERT error detector CDR.

Peaking Select the CDR Peaking in dB (between 0-1dB).

Analyzer Equalization Select the analyzer equalization. The available values depend on the analyzer used.

Sensitivity Mode Set to Normal or High.

54 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide


Using the Software 3

Capture and Compare Mode If it is enabled, the received data is captured and saved in a pattern. A new analyzer sequence is generated with a
single block containing the captured pattern. This mode is available only with a common reference clock
architecture.

Pause before Auto-Align It is the pause before the BER measurement, so that you can perform manual optimization of the DUT receiver.

Polarity Set to Normal or Inverted.

BER Measurement

Relax Time Time span between the points when the stress signal is changed and the BER starts to be measured.

Equalization

Use Preset Set to true to use a preset.

Generator Preset Select the generator preset (P7 as default).

Pre Shoot Pre-shoot level of the signal. By default, it is set to 0.

De-Emphasis De-emphasis level of the signal. It is set to the optimum de-emphasis using the Insertion Loss Calibration.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 55


3 Using the Software

Procedure Parameters

The Procedure Parameters are all such parameters that are not part of any
of the previously described categories. They are shown on the right side of
the ValiFrame user interface when the selected entry of the procedure tree
on the left is an individual procedure. Their purpose is to modify the
behavior of that single procedure. Procedures often have parameters with
the same name, but pre-configured settings always apply on the selected
procedure, while their meaning may be slightly different.
Table 8 shows a list of PCIe Calibration parameters that are used in several
procedures individually.

Table 8 PCIe Calibration Parameters

Parameter Name Description

Verification Mode If set to false, the procedure behaves as a normal calibration and the results are saved as usual.
If set to true, the procedure uses a previous calibration to set the calibrated parameter. In this case, the purpose of
the procedures is to certify that the available calibration is valid and the desired values can be achieved.

Generator

TP1 Voltage, Generator Launch Nominal differential voltage amplitude used for calibration. The default value is 800mV and should not be changed.
Voltage, Set Amplitude

Pre-shoot Pre-shoot value set to the signal.

De-Emphasis De-Emphasis value set to the signal.

DMSI Differential mode sinusoidal interference added to the signal.

CMSI Common mode sinusoidal interference added to the signal.

Random Jitter Amount of RJ added to the signal.

Sinusoidal Jitter Amount for SJ added to the signal.

Sinusoidal Jitter Frequency Frequency of the sinusoidal jitter.

56 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide


Using the Software 3

Oscilloscope

Scope Bandwidth Bandwidth selected in the oscilloscope.

Number of Averages Number of averages for each jitter measurement.

Number of UIs Number of unit intervals tested.

Number of Waveforms Averages Number of waveform that are averaged during the scope acquisition. This will reduce the noise floor.

Capture

Capture Mode Select one of the following options:


• Do only local eye measurements
• Only save waveform on the oscilloscope
• Do local eye measurements and save waveform on the oscilloscope

Channel

Trace Number Hardware trace number used for ASIC.

CBB var. ISI pair ISI pair used for CEM calibrations.

Total Channel Loss Total insertion loss of the calibration channel.

Seasim

Optimize CTLE Set to true to apply the optimal CTLE with the Seasim software.

Insertion Loss

Measurement Method If Step Response is selected, the test automation measures the insertion loss for different traces. If VNA is selected,
the test automation does not perform any measurement, you must measure the trace with a VNA.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 57


3 Using the Software

Automatic Trace Selection If true, the Trace Number Start Value and Trace Number Stop Value will be internally calculated. They are
calculated to be closest to the target ISI at 16GHz.

Trace Loss Increment It is the expected insertion loss variation between each trace number.

Trace Number Start The minimum trace number that is calibrated.

Trace Number Stop The maximum trace number that is calibrated.

Save Calibration Data Set to true to save results in a calibration table.

Table 9 shows a list of PCIe Receiver parameters that are used in several
procedures individually.

Table 9 PCIe Receiver Parameters

Parameter Name Description

Eye-Height The eye height of the signal when it is stressed with all the impairments.

Eye-Width The eye width of the signal when it is stressed with all the impairments.

Generator Launch Voltage The differential voltage amplitude set to the signal.

Common Mode Interference The amount of CMSI added to the signal.

Differential Mode Interference The amount of DMSI added to the signal.

Random Jitter The amount of RJ added to the signal.

Sinusoidal Jitter The amount of SJ added to the signal.

Sinusoidal Jitter Frequency Frequency of the sinusoidal jitter.

58 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide


Using the Software 3

2nd Tone Sinusoidal Jitter It is used to fine adjust the Eye-Height and Width.

2nd Tone Sinusoidal Jitter The frequency of the SJ second tone.


Frequency

Pre-shoot The pre-shoot value added to the signal.

De-Emphasis The de-emphasis value added to the signal.

Force Retraining at each Force training at each BER measurement for different frequencies.
Frequency

BER Measurement

BER Mode The BER measurement can be run for a fixed time or until a target BER is achieved.

BER Measurement Duration The duration of the BER measurement when mode is FixedTime.

Allowed Bit Error The allowed number of bit errors to pass the test during the BER measurement, when mode is FixedTime.

Target BER The target BER for the BER measurement used in the test.

Confidence Level The confidence level value when BER mode is TargetBER.

Equalization for remaining Rx tests

Allow user to enter optimum Controls the appearance of a window at the end of the test, which lets you set the pre-shoot and de-emphasis
equalization for remaining Rx values to be used for the following tests.
tests

Channel

Trace Number Hardware trace number used for ASIC.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 59


3 Using the Software

CBB var. ISI pair ISI pair used for CEM calibrations.

Total Channel Loss Total insertion loss of the calibration channel.

Coefficient Matrix Scan

Force Retraining at each BER Force training at each BER measurement for different PS/DE combination.
measurement

Pre-Shoot used for LB Training The pre-shoot value used during loopback training (not during the BER test).

De-Emphasis used for LB The de-emphasis value used during loopback training (not during the BER test).
Training

Coefficient Divider The coefficient divider for C-1 and C+1.

Maximum Boost Coefficient C+1 is increased until this Boots Level is exceeded.

Start Pre-shoot The Start Pre-shoot value in dB.

Start De-Emphasis The Start De-Emphasis value in dB.

Pre-shoot De-Emphasis Scan

Scan Order Select whether de-emphasis or pre-shoot should be tested first.

Initial De-emphasis The initial de-emphasis used for BER adjustment and pre-shoot scan.

Initial Pre-Shoot The initial pre-shoot used for BER adjustment and de-emphasis scan.

Force training at each Preset If set to true, every time de-emphasis or pre-shoot is changed the DUT is trained into loopback again.

Start De Emphasis Start amplitude for the de-emphasis scan.

60 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide


Using the Software 3

Stop De Emphasis Stop amplitude for the de-emphasis scan.

De Emphasis Step Size Step size for the de-emphasis scan.

Start Pre Shoot Start amplitude for the pre-shoot scan

Stop Pre Shoot Stop amplitude for the pre-shoot scan

De Pre Shoot Size Step Step Size for the pre-shoot scan

Jitter Tolerance

Frequency Mode Select one of the options:


• Compliance Frequencies
• Equally Spaced Frequencies
• User Defined Frequencies
• Single Frequency

Frequency Points, Jitter List of frequencies to be tested. In compliance mode, they are read-only; otherwise they can be edited.
Frequency

Start Frequency It is the minimum value of jitter frequency that must be tested.

Stop Frequency It is the maximum value of jitter frequency that must be tested.

Frequency Steps The number of different jitter frequencies that are tested. The distribution of frequencies between minimum and
maximum is equidistant on a logarithmic or linear scale.

Frequency Scale It is chosen as Linear or Logarithmic scale.

Jitter Start Value It is the initial value of the SJ amplitude tested in the search algorithm.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 61


3 Using the Software

Jitter Step Size It is the jitter value to be increased at each step of the search algorithm.

Show Min. Failed Points If True, the result shows the first SJ a mplitude that didn’t pass the BER test at each frequency.

RJ Low Pass Jitter Frequency 1000MHz low-pass filter frequency is compliant to the specification but reduces the total amount of SJ for high
jitter frequencies. In order to have full amount of SJ, switch to 500MHz.

62 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide


Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software
Platform
User Guide

4 2.5 & 5.0 GT/s ASIC


Tests
Overview / 64
2.5 & 5.0 GT/s ASIC Calibrations / 65
Receiver Tests / 74
Receiver Setup Tests / 87
4 2.5 & 5.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Overview

Before any receiver test procedure can be run, the PCIe receiver test
system must be calibrated.
The ValiFrame calibration plane is given by the DUT input ports. The
receiver test signal characteristics such as the PCIe signal generator
output voltage level and jitter parameters are typically affected by the
signal transmission between the generator output ports and the DUT input
ports. Thus, for any signal output parameter that you select (set value), the
jitter and the signal received at the DUT input ports (actual value) deviate
from the set value. Additional deviations can be caused by effects such as
offset errors, hysteresis, and nonlinear behavior of the signal generator.
The ValiFrame calibration procedures compensate for the deviations of the
relevant signal output parameter actual values from the set values over the
required parameter range.
All calibration procedures required for PCIe receiver testing are included in
the ValiFrame software. The ValiFrame calibration procedures are
implemented such that the calibration process is conducted as fast as
possible and is automated as much as possible, for example, by minimizing
the number of re-configuration of the hardware connections.

Common Parameters for 2.5 & 5.0 GT/s ASIC Calibrations

Data rate specific parameters:


• Scope Connection
• PCIe 1 Transfer Function on Scope
• PCIe1 M8048A ISI Channel
• PCIe1 M8048A ISI Channel Emulation
• PCIe 2 Transfer Function on Scope
• PCIe2 M8048A ISI Channel
• PCIe2 M8048A ISI Channel Emulation
For the description of each parameter, refer to Table 6, “PCIe Common
Calibration Parameters”.

64 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide


2.5 & 5.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 4

2.5 & 5.0 GT/s ASIC Calibrations

2.5G/5G Random Jitter Calibration

Purpose and Method

While performing Rx tests, the input signal is stressed with a combination


of jitter sources to simulate the possible impairments that are expected at
the Rx input when operating in a target system. Random jitter is added to
simulate the effects of thermal noise. Due to system intrinsic jitter, the
effective jitter level is different from the value set in the data generator;
therefore, jitter amplitude is calibrated.
The test automation starts with a small RJ amplitude and increases that
value with several steps over a defined range. For each step, the procedure
measures the actual random jitter.
The generator sends a clock pattern during this calibration procedure.
The measurement is done on a real-time oscilloscope using the
RJ/DJ-separation software EZJIT.
The calibration data is stored in a Cal-table. This calibration table is used
during measurements to calculate the RJ amplitude that must be set on
the generator to get the expected RJ amplitude at the test point.

Figure 20 Connection Diagram for 2.5 & 5.0 GT/s ASIC Calibrations (M8020A)

Parameters in Expert Mode


• None

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 65


4 2.5 & 5.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Result Description

Figure 21 Result for 2.5 & 5.0 GT/s Random Jitter Calibration

• Set Random Jitter: The jitter amplitude set in the instrument.


• Actual Random Jitter: The measured jitter amplitude.

66 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide


2.5 & 5.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 4

2.5G/5G ISI Calibration

Purpose and Method

In ASIC Rx tests, the Inter Symbol Interference is generated to provide a


close to real environment. As a result of the system intrinsic jitter, the
effective jitter level is different from the value set in the data generator;
therefore, the jitter amplitude is calibrated.
The test automation calibrates the ISI trace, which was selected in the
“Configure DUT” dialog. ISI can be injected by routing the signal through
the M8048A ISI traces or can be generated internally with the M8020A.
The actual value is calculated as the difference between the eye width,
which is obtained when the JBERT sends a clock pattern and the eye
width, which is obtained when it sends a compliance pattern. The eye
width is measured with a DSO using horizontal histograms.
The calibration data is stored in a Cal-table. There is a Cal-table for Gen1
ASIC and another one for Gen2 ASIC. For the measurements, these
calibration tables are used to display the ISI amplitude.

Figure 22 Connection Diagram for 2.5 & 5.0 GT/s ASIC Calibrations (M8020A)

Parameters in Expert Mode


• None

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 67


4 2.5 & 5.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Result Description

Figure 23 Result for 2.5 & 5.0 GT/s ISI Calibration

• Measured ISI: The measured ISI, in ps.

68 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide


2.5 & 5.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 4

2.5G/5G CMSI Calibration

Purpose and Method

The Common Mode Sinusoidal Interference (CMSI) is generated internally


with the data generator. The resulting amplitude at the input of the Rx is
attenuated and must be calibrated.
The test automation starts with a small CMSI amplitude and increases that
value with several steps over a defined range. The minimum amplitude is
0mV and the maximum amplitude is the maximum value that the data
generator can generate.
For each step, the procedure measures the actual CMSI with a real time
oscilloscope.
The calibration data is stored in a Cal-table. During measurements, these
calibration tables are used to adjust the voltage amplitude to the desired
output CMSI.

Figure 24 Connection Diagram for 2.5 & 5.0 GT/s ASIC Calibrations (M8020A)

Parameters in Expert Mode


• Number of Averages
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 6, “PCIe Common
Calibration Parameters”.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 69


4 2.5 & 5.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Result Description

Figure 25 Result for 2.5 & 5.0 GT/s CMSI Calibration

• Set CMSI: The amount of CMSI set in the data generator.


• Measured CMSI: The actual CMSI measured with the oscilloscope.

70 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide


2.5 & 5.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 4

2.5G/5G Eye Height Calibration

Purpose and Method

The test fixtures attenuate the data signal. To compensate for the
attenuation, the data signal differential swing is calibrated.
The test automation calibrates five equally-spaced differential voltage
amplitudes. The minimum amplitude is 300mV and the maximum
amplitude is the maximum value that the data generator can generate.
For this calibration, the data generator sends the compliance pattern. It
adds random jitter, ISI, swept sinusoidal jitter (that has undergone sweep)
and CMSI to the signal. For Gen2, it adds high frequency sinusoidal jitter
and SSC residual to the signal. The eye height is measured on the
oscilloscope using horizontal histograms.
The calibration data is stored in a Cal-table. There is a Cal-table for Gen1
ASIC and another one for Gen2 ASIC. During measurements, these
calibration tables are used to adjust the differential voltage amplitude to
the desired eye height.

Figure 26 Connection Diagram for 2.5 & 5.0 GT/s ASIC Calibrations (M8020A)

Parameters in Expert Mode


• Verification Mode
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 8, “PCIe Calibration
Parameters”.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 71


4 2.5 & 5.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 2.5G/5G Random Jitter Calibration on page 65.
• 2.5G/5G ISI Calibration on page 67.
• 2.5G/5G CMSI Calibration on page 69.

72 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide


2.5 & 5.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 4

Result Description

Figure 27 Result for 2.5 & 5.0 GT/s Eye Height Calibration

• Set Diff Voltage [mV]: The differential voltage amplitude set in the
instrument.
• Measured Eye Height [mV]: The measured eye height amplitude.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 73


4 2.5 & 5.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Receiver Tests

The basic principles underlying all PCIe receiver tests are:


• Train the DUT into Loopback Mode
• Send the training pattern with defined stress characteristics
• Use the error detector to verify that the DUT loops back the correct
pattern without errors
Most of the Rx tests constantly change the signal stress to collect more
data and re-initialize the loopback mode if the DUT terminates from it. If
calibration data is available, the data confirms that the signal stress is at
the specified level and test point. If calibration data is missing, a warning
message pops up. If you ignore the warning messages explicitly, you can
run tests without the calibration data.

You do not require a real-time oscilloscope to perform Receiver Tests.


NOTE

Common Parameters for Receiver Tests

• Reference Clock
Power Switch Automation
• Use Power Switch Automation
• Power Switch Channel Number
• Power Cycle Off-On Duration
• Power Cycle Settling Time
• Power Cycle Max. Retries

Common Parameters specific for Data Rates

Loopback Training
• Link Training Mode
• Link Training Suite Settings File
• Default Link Training Lane Number for every Lane
• Suppress Loopback Training Messages
Error Detector
• Use CDR

74 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide


2.5 & 5.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 4

• CDR Loop Bandwidth


• Peaking
• Analyzer Equalization
• Sensitivity
• Polarity
BER Measurement
• Relax Time
All these parameter are described in detail in the section PCIe Parameters
on page 50.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 75


4 2.5 & 5.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

2.5G/5G Rx Compliance Test

Purpose and Method

This test determines if the DUT meets the receiver specifications. The
procedure measures the BER when all jitter types and the eye height are
set to their specification limit values (that is, maximum values for jitter,
minimum value for eye height). In expert mode, these values can be
changed.

Figure 28 Connection Diagram for 2.5 & 5.0 GT/s Receiver Tests (M8020A)

Parameters in Expert Mode


• ISI
• CMSI Amplitude
Generator Jitter
• Random Jitter
• Swept Sinusoidal Jitter
• SSC Residual (for 5 GT/s)
Eye-Height

76 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide


2.5 & 5.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 4

• Eye-Height
BER Measurement
• BER Mode
• BER Measurement Duration
• Allowed Bit Error
• Target BER
• Confidence Level
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 9, “PCIe Receiver
Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 2.5G/5G Random Jitter Calibration on page 65.
• 2.5G/5G ISI Calibration on page 67.
• 2.5G/5G CMSI Calibration on page 69.
• 2.5G/5G Eye Height Calibration on page 71.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 77


4 2.5 & 5.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Result Description

Figure 29 Result for 2.5 & 5.0 GT/s ASIC Rx Compliance Test

• Result: The BER measured should be smaller than the Target BER.
• Target BER: The target BER that must be achieved.
• BER: The measured BER that has been achieved.

78 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide


2.5 & 5.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 4

2.5G/5G Rx Jitter Tolerance Test

Purpose and Method

This test procedure searches the maximum sinusoidal jitter, where the
DUT passes the BER test.
There are different methods to find the jitter tolerance limits. It can be
selected with “search algorithm” parameters, such as: Binary, Linear,
Linear with two sizes, Linear with Hysteresis or Logarithmic.
• If Binary is selected, the binary search algorithm is used. At first, the
jitter amplitude is set to the middle of the tested range. When the BER
test passes, it goes up and when the test fails, it goes down, At each
step, the step size is reduced until the target resolution is reached.
• If Linear is selected, the test uses the defined step size to go up linearly
from “Start Jitter” until the BER test fails.
• If Linear with two step size is selected, the test first uses relatively large
steps to go up linearly from “Start Jitter”. When BER test fails, it goes
back to the last passed point and steps up again with small steps until
an error is found again.
• If Linear with Hysteresis is selected, the test first uses relatively large
steps to go up linearly from “Start Jitter”. When BER test fails, it goes
back down with mid-sized steps until it passes again. From that point, it
steps up again with small steps until an error is found again.
• If Logarithmic is selected, the test uses the defined step factor to
increase with a logarithmic scale from “Start Jitter” until the BER test
fails.
The maximum passed value is the last test point that did not return an
error. Each point occurs separately for each frequency.

The Rx Jitter Tolerance Test is available only in Expert Mode.


NOTE

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 79


4 2.5 & 5.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Figure 30 Connection Diagram for 2.5 & 5.0 GT/s Receiver Tests (M8020A)

Parameters in Expert Mode


• ISI
• CMSI Amplitude
Sinusoidal Jitter Variation
• Frequency Mode
• If the option ‘User Defined Frequencies’ is selected, parameter is:
• Frequency Points
• If the option ‘Single Frequency’ is selected, parameter is:
• Jitter frequencies
• If the option ‘Equally Spaced Frequencies’ is selected, parameter is:
• Frequency Scale
• Start frequency
• Stop frequency
• Frequency Steps
• Search algorithm

80 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide


2.5 & 5.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 4

• Jitter Step Size


• Jitter Start Value
• Show Min. Failed Points
Parameter
• Force retraining on each frequency
Generator
• Random Jitter
• HF Sinusoidal Jitter
• HF Sinusoidal Jitter Frequency
• SSC Residual
Eye-Height
• Eye-Height
BER Measurement
• BER Mode
• BER Measurement Duration
• Allowed Bit Error
• Target BER
• Confidence Level
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 9, “PCIe Receiver
Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 2.5G/5G Random Jitter Calibration on page 65.
• 2.5G/5G ISI Calibration on page 67.
• 2.5G/5G CMSI Calibration on page 69.
• 2.5G/5G Eye Height Calibration on page 71.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 81


4 2.5 & 5.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Result Description

Figure 31 Result for 2.5 & 5.0 GT/s ASIC Rx Jitter Tolerance Test

82 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide


2.5 & 5.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 4

• Result: Max. passed jitter should be greater than min. specification.


• Sinusoidal Jitter Frequency [MHz]: The tested frequency points.
• Min Failed Total Jitter [ps]: The minimum jitter that failed the test.
• Max Passed Total Jitter [ps]: The maximum jitter that passed the test.
• Jitter Capability Test Setup [ps]: The maximum jitter that the hardware
can generate.
• Measured ISI [ps]: The measured BER.
• Min Spec [ps]: The minimum jitter that has to pass the test to meet the
specification.
• Margin [%]: The margin between the max. passed jitter and the
specification.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 83


4 2.5 & 5.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

2.5G/5G Rx Sensitivity Test

Purpose and Method

This test searches the minimum eye height, where the DUT passes the BER
test. The method starts with “Start Eye Height” and decreases with steps
of “Step Size”. The minimum passed value is the last test point that did not
return an error.

The Rx Sensitivity Test is available only in Expert Mode.


NOTE

Figure 32 Connection Diagram for 2.5 & 5.0 GT/s Receiver Tests (M8020A)

Parameters in Expert Mode


• ISI
• CMSI Amplitude
Generator Jitter

84 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide


2.5 & 5.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 4

• Use Jitter
• Random Jitter
• Swept Sinusoidal Jitter
• HF Sinusoidal Jitter
• HF Sinusoidal Jitter Frequency
• SSC Residual (for 5GT/s)
Eye-Height
• Loopback Training Eye-Height
• Start Eye-Height
• Stop Eye-Height
• Step Size
BER Measurement
• BER Mode
• BER Measurement Duration
• Allowed Bit Error
• Target BER
• Confidence Level
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 9, “PCIe Receiver
Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 2.5G/5G Random Jitter Calibration on page 65.
• 2.5G/5G ISI Calibration on page 67.
• 2.5G/5G CMSI Calibration on page 69.
• 2.5G/5G Eye Height Calibration on page 71.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 85


4 2.5 & 5.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Result Description

Figure 33 Result for 2.5 & 5.0 GT/s ASIC Rx Sensitivity Test

• Result: It is the min. passed Eye Height measured that should be


smaller than the min. specification.
• Min Passed Eye Height [mV]: It is the smallest eye height at which the
DUT passes the BER test.
• Min Spec [mV]: It is the smallest eye height at which the DUT has to
pass the BER test to meet the specification.
• Margin [%]: It is the margin between the min. passed Eye Height and
the min. specification.

86 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide


2.5 & 5.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 4

Receiver Setup Tests

Common Parameters for Receiver Setup Tests

• Reference Clock
Power Switch Automation
• Use Power Switch Automation
• Power Switch Channel Number
• Power Cycle Off-On Duration
• Power Cycle Settling Time
• Power Cycle Max. Retries
All these parameter are described in detail in the section PCIe Parameters
on page 50.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 87


4 2.5 & 5.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

2.5G/5G Rx Compliance Setup

Purpose and Method

The purpose of this procedure is to configure the data generator with


those parameters that are needed in the Rx Compliance Test, using the
calibration data saved on the PC where the N5991A software is running.
The method initiates in the same manner as the Rx Compliance Test but it
doesn't proceed any further after the setup is prepared. The set
parameters are differential amplitude, random jitter, swept sinusoidal jitter
and common mode sinusoidal interference.

Figure 34 Connection Diagram for 2.5 & 5.0 GT/s Receiver Tests (M8020A)

Parameters in Expert Mode


• ISI
• CMSI Amplitude
Generator Jitter
• Random Jitter
• Swept Sinusoidal Jitter
• SSC Residual (for 5 GT/s)

88 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide


2.5 & 5.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 4

Eye-Height
• Eye-Height
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 9, “PCIe Receiver
Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 2.5G/5G Random Jitter Calibration on page 65.
• 2.5G/5G ISI Calibration on page 67.
• 2.5G/5G CMSI Calibration on page 69.
• 2.5G/5G Eye Height Calibration on page 71.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 89


4 2.5 & 5.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

90 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide


Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software
Platform
User Guide

5 8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests


Overview / 92
8.0 GT/s ASIC Calibrations / 93
Receiver Tests / 124
Link Equalization Transmitter Tests / 149
Receiver Setup Tests / 158
5 8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Overview

Before any receiver test procedure can be run, the PCIe receiver test
system must be calibrated.
The ValiFrame calibration plane is given by the DUT input ports. The
receiver test signal characteristics such as the PCIe signal generator
output voltage level and jitter parameters are typically affected by the
signal transmission between the generator output ports and the DUT input
ports. Thus, for any signal output parameter that you select (set value), the
jitter and the signal received at the DUT input ports (actual value) deviate
from the set value. Additional deviations can be caused by effects such as
offset errors, hysteresis, and nonlinear behavior of the signal generator.
The ValiFrame calibration procedures compensate for the deviations of the
relevant signal output parameter actual values from the set values over the
required parameter range.
All calibration procedures required for PCIe receiver testing are included in
the ValiFrame software. The ValiFrame calibration procedures are
implemented such that the calibration process is conducted as fast as
possible and is automated as much as possible, for example, by minimizing
the number of re-configuration of the hardware connections.

Common Parameters for 8.0 GT/s ASIC Calibrations

Data rate specific parameters:


• Scope Connection
• Transfer Function File for Package Model on Scope
• Transfer Function File for Replica on Scope
• Transfer Function File for Replica and Package Model on Scope
• Step Response Low Time
• Step Response High Time
• Number of Averages for Step Response
For the description of each parameter, refer to Table 6, “PCIe Common
Calibration Parameters”.

92 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide


8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 5

8.0 GT/s ASIC Calibrations

8G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration

Purpose and Method

This procedure calibrates the De-Emphasis, Pre-shoot and Differential


Voltage amplitude at TP1.
The pattern generator sends an equalization pattern to the oscilloscope
and performs a sweep of the whole equalization range.
First, the pre-cursor is set to the initial value (-0.28dB). For this set value,
the post cursor is swept from -0.28 to 0.02dB with linear steps of 0.02dB.
At each post-cursor value, the de-emphasis, pre-shoot and differential
voltage are measured with the oscilloscope. Then, the pre-cursor is
increased with a step size of 0.02dB and the process is repeated until
0.02dB is attained. The Launch Voltage is always fixed to 800mV.

The procedure explained above is specific for the M8040A data


NOTE generator setup. For the M8020A setup, the procedure is very similar but
the sweep is not performed over the pre-cursor and post-cursor values.
In this case, the sweep is performed directly for the de-emphasis (from
-6dB to 2dB) and pre-shoot (from 6dB to -1dB).
As result, three calibration data tables are generated. Then, in further
procedures, these calibrations are used to set equalization values that
provide the desired de-emphasis, pre-shoot and voltage in the test point.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 93


5 8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Figure 35 to Figure 38 show the connection diagrams for calibrations at


TP1.

Figure 35 Setup for 8.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations (TP1, No TTC, DSOz, M8040A)

Figure 36 Setup for 8.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations (TP1, No TTC, 2CH DSO, M8040A)

94 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide


8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 5

Figure 37 Setup for 8.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations (TP1, With TTC, M8040A)

Figure 38 Setup for 8.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations (TP1, M8020A)

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 95


5 8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Parameters in Expert Mode


• EQ Calibration Pattern: Pattern used for this calibration
• Verification Mode
Generator
• Set Amplitude
Oscilloscope
• Scope Bandwidth
• Number of Waveform Averages
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 8, “PCIe Calibration
Parameters”.

96 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide


8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 5

Result Description

Figure 39 Result for 8.0 GT/s TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration (Pre-shoot)

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 97


5 8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

• Set Random Jitter: The jitter amplitude set in the instrument.


• C+1 (x dB): The Pre-shoot measured for the combination of post-cursor
(x dB) and pre-cursor values set on the data generator.

Figure 40 Result for 8.0 GT/s TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration (De-Emphasis)

98 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide


8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 5

• Set Post-Cursor: The post-cursor value set in the data generator.


• C-1 (x dB): The De-Emphasis measured for the combination of
post-cursor and pre-cursor values set on the data generator.

Figure 41 Result for 8.0 GT/s TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration (Launch Voltage)

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 99


5 8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

• Set Post-Cursor: The post-cursor value set in the data generator.


• C-1 (x dB): The Differential voltage amplitude measured for the
combination of post-cursor and pre-cursor values set on the data
generator.

100 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 5

8G Random Jitter Calibration

Purpose and Method

While performing Rx tests, the input signal is stressed with a combination


of jitter sources to simulate the possible impairments that are expected at
the Rx input when operating in a target system. Random jitter is added to
simulate the effects of thermal noise. Due to system intrinsic jitter, the
effective jitter level is different from the value set in the data generator;
therefore, jitter amplitude is calibrated.
The test automation starts with a small RJ amplitude and increases that
value with several steps over a defined range. For each step, the procedure
measures the actual random jitter.
The generator sends a clock pattern during this calibration procedure.
The measurement is done on a real-time oscilloscope using the
RJ/DJ-separation software EZJIT.
The calibration data is stored in a Cal-table. This calibration table is used
during measurements to calculate the RJ amplitude that must be set on
the generator to get the expected RJ amplitude at the test point.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 101
5 8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Figure 42 to Figure 45 show the connection diagrams for calibrations at


TP1.

Figure 42 Setup for 8.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations (TP1, No TTC, DSOz, M8040A)

For DSOz without TCCs, the oscilloscope connections must be changed


NOTE from HF channels to LF channels.

Figure 43 Setup for 8.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations (TP1, No TTC, 2CH DSO, M8040A)

102 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 5

Figure 44 Setup for 8.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations (TP1, With TTC, M8040A)

Figure 45 Setup for 8.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations (TP1, M8020A)

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 103
5 8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Parameters in Expert Mode


• Verification Mode
• Stop Random Jitter: The maximum RJ amplitude that is calibrated.
• Random Jitter Step Size: The step size that defines how much jitter is
increased for every step.
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 8, “PCIe Calibration
Parameters”.

104 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 5

Result Description

Figure 46 Result for 8.0 GT/s ASIC Random Jitter Calibration

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 105
5 8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

• Set Random Jitter: The jitter amplitude set in the instrument.


• Measured Random Jitter: The measured jitter amplitude.

106 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 5

8G Insertion Loss Calibration

Purpose and Method

The Insertion Loss (IL) of the calibration channels + the replica channel
must be in a well-defined range. This calibration calculates the Insertion
Loss from the step response at three different de-emphasis levels. By
adding de-emphasis, IL can be reduced to a certain degree. This
procedure is used to compensate IL during the Rx tests.
For every de-emphasis level, the insertion loss is measured from 1GHz to
4GHz with steps of 100MHz. The IL is measured using the Seasim
software.
The calibration data is stored in a Cal-table. This calibration data is used to
evaluate the optimum amount of de-emphasis for the Rx tests.
Figure 47 and Figure 48 show the connection diagrams for the long
channel calibrations. Note that the setup can differ depending on the
selected ISI Channel.

Figure 47 Setup for 8.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations Long Channel M8040A

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 107
5 8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Figure 48 Setup for 8.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations Long Channel M8020A

Parameters in Expert Mode


• None

108 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 5

Result Description

Figure 49 Result for 8.0 GT/s ASIC Insertion Loss Calibration

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 109
5 8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

• Frequency: The frequency that was tested.


• Insertion Loss at x dB de-emphasis: The measured insertion loss for
specific de-emphasis at each frequency.

110 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 5

8G CMSI Calibration

Purpose and Method

The Common Mode Sinusoidal Interference (CMSI) is generated internally


with the data generator. The resulting amplitude at the input of the Rx is
attenuated and must be calibrated.
The test automation starts with a small CMSI amplitude and increases that
value with several steps over a defined range. The minimum amplitude is
0mV and the maximum amplitude is the maximum value that the data
generator can generate.
For each step, the procedure measures the actual CMSI with a real-time
oscilloscope.
The calibration data is stored in a Cal-table. When measurements are
performed, these calibration tables are used to adjust the voltage
amplitude to the desired output CMSI.
Figure 50 and Figure 51 show the connection diagrams for the CMSI
calibrations.

Figure 50 Setup for 8.0GT/s ASIC CMSI Calibrations M8040A

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 111
5 8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Figure 51 Setup for 8.0GT/s ASIC CMSI Calibrations M8020A

Parameters in Expert Mode


• Number of Averages
• Verification Mode
• For description of the parameters, refer to Table 8, “PCIe Calibration
Parameters”.

112 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 5

Result Description

Figure 52 Result for 8.0 GT/s ASIC CMSI Calibration

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 113
5 8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

• Set CMSI: The amount of CMSI set in the data generator.


• Measured CMSI: The actual CMSI measured with the oscilloscope.

114 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 5

8G DMSI Calibration

Purpose and Method

The Differential Mode Sinusoidal Interference (DMSI) is generated


internally with the data generator. The resulting amplitude at the input of
the Rx is attenuated and must be calibrated.
The test automation starts with a small DMSI amplitude and increases that
value with several steps over a defined range.
For each step, the procedure measures the actual DMSI with a real-time
oscilloscope.
The calibration data is stored in a Cal-table. When measurements are
performed, this calibration table is used to adjust the DMSI amplitude to
the desired value in the Rx input.
Figure 53 and Figure 54 show the connection diagrams for the DMSI
calibrations.

Figure 53 Setup for 8.0GT/s ASIC DMSI Calibrations M8040A

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 115
5 8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Figure 54 Setup for 8.0GT/s ASIC DMSI Calibrations M8020A

Parameters in Expert Mode


• Verification Mode
• For description of the parameters, refer to Table 8, “PCIe Calibration
Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 8G CMSI Calibration on page 111.

116 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 5

Result Description

Figure 55 Result for 8.0 GT/s ASIC DMSI Calibration

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 117
5 8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

• Set DM Interference: The amount of DMSI set in the data generator.


• Measured DMSI Amplitude: The actual DMSI measured with the
oscilloscope.

118 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 5

8G Stressed Jitter Eye Calibration

Purpose and Method

This procedure calibrates the eye-height and eye-width by adding


differential mode sinusoidal interference at different random jitter levels.
The calibration is done for 1ps, 1.5ps, 2ps, 2.5ps and 3ps of random jitter.
For each jitter value, the DM sinusoidal interference is increased from 0 to
30mV with equally spaced steps. The eye height and width are measured
by capturing a step response and using Seasim software. Sinusoidal Jitter
is always fixed to 12.5ps.
The calibration data is stored in two Cal-tables. This calibration data is
used to evaluate the optimum amount of random jitter and DM voltage to
get the desired eye.
Figure 56 and Figure 57 show the connection diagrams for the Stressed
Jitter Eye calibrations.

Figure 56 Setup for 8.0GT/s ASIC Stressed Jitter Eye Calibrations M8040A

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 119
5 8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Figure 57 Setup for 8.0GT/s ASIC Stressed Jitter Eye Calibrations M8020A

Parameters in Expert Mode


• Verification Mode
• Sinusoidal Jitter: The amount of SJ added to the simulation of Stressed
Eye.
• DM Interference Step Size: The amount of DM Interference added to
the simulation at each step.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 8G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration on page 93.
• 8G Random Jitter Calibration on page 101.
• 8G Insertion Loss Calibration on page 107.

120 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 5

Result Description

Figure 58 Result for 8.0 GT/s ASIC Stressed Jitter Eye Calibration (Eye height)

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 121
5 8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

• Set DM Interference: The amount of DM Interference set in the data


generator.
• Eye Height (x ps RJ): The measured Eye Height for the set RJ and
DMSI.

Figure 59 Result for 8.0 GT/s ASIC Stressed Jitter Eye Calibration (Eye width)

122 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 5

• Set DM Interference: The amount of DM Interference set in the data


generator.
• Eye Width (x ps RJ): The measured Eye Width for the set RJ and DMSI.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 123
5 8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Receiver Tests

The basic principles underlying all PCIe receiver tests are:


• Train the DUT into Loopback Mode
• Send the training pattern with defined stress characteristics
• Use the error detector to verify that the DUT loops back the correct
pattern without errors
Most of the Rx tests constantly change the signal stress to collect more
data and re-initialize the loopback mode if the DUT terminates from it. If
calibration data is available, the data confirms that the signal stress is at
the specified level and test point. If calibration data is missing, a warning
message pops up. If you ignore the warning messages explicitly, you can
run tests without the calibration data.

You do not require a real-time oscilloscope to perform Receiver Tests.


NOTE

Common Parameters for Receiver Tests

• Reference Clock
• Manually align error detector sampling point
Power Switch Automation
• Use Power Switch Automation
• Power Switch Channel Number
• Power Cycle Off-On Duration
• Power Cycle Settling Time
• Power Cycle Max. Retries

Common Parameters specific for Data Rates

• Data Rate Deviation


Loopback Training
• Link Training Mode
• Link Training Suite Settings File
• Suppress Loopback Training Messages
• User Custom Training Voltage

124 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 5

Interactive Link Training


• Training through
• Generator Full Swing
• Generator Start Preset
• DUT Initial Preset
• DUT Target Preset
• Drop Link Method
Error Detector
• Use CDR
• CDR Loop Bandwidth
• Peaking
• Analyzer Equalization
• Capture and Compare Mode
• Sensitivity
• Polarity
BER Measurement
• Relax Time
All these parameter are described in detail in the section PCIe Parameters
on page 50.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 125
5 8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

8G Rx EQ Coefficient Matrix Scan

Purpose and Method

This procedure measures the BER with a combination of coefficients C+1


(Pre-cursor) and C-1 (Post-cursor) to create a co-efficient matrix with the
BER results. At each step, the BER value is measured for different values of
C+1 coefficient while the C-1 coefficient value is kept constant. The
resulting values are mapped on to a triangular matrix, where each element
contains four entries (measured BER, pre-shoot, de-emphasis, and boost).
Elements on a diagonal line from bottom left to top right have the same
maximum boost value. The elements of the matrix are displayed in
different colors depending on the measured BER value. If the element
appears in green color, the entry values are valid and they can be used for
testing. As the color changes to red, such values are invalid for testing.
If the parameter “Allow user to enter optimum equalization” for remaining
tests is set to ‘True’, a window appears where you can select the values of
pre-shoot and de-emphasis from the resulting graph.
Figure 60 and Figure 61 show the connection diagram for ASIC endpoints
for M8040A and M8020A, respectively. Note that the setup can differ
depending on the ISI channel, clock architecture and external reference
clock selections.
For ASIC RootComplex DUTs, the setup differs in the reference clock
connection.

126 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 5

Figure 60 Setup for 8.0GT/s ASIC Receiver Tests M8040A

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 127
5 8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Figure 61 Setup for 8.0GT/s ASIC Receiver Tests M8020A

Parameters in Expert Mode

Eye Parameter
• Eye Height
• Eye Width
• Random Jitter
• Sinusoidal Jitter
• Sinusoidal Jitter Frequency
• Differential Mode Sinusoidal Interference
• Generator Launch Voltage
• Common Mode Sinusoidal Interference
Coefficient Variation
• Coefficient Divider
• Maximum Boost
• Start Pre-Shoot
• Start De-Emphasis

128 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 5

BER Measurement
• BER Mode
• Target BER
• Confidence Level
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 9, “PCIe Receiver
Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 8G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration on page 93.
• 8G Random Jitter Calibration on page 101.
• 8G Insertion Loss Calibration on page 107.
• 8G CMSI Calibration on page 111.
• 8G DMSI Calibration on page 115.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 129
5 8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Result Description

Figure 62 Result for 8.0 GT/s ASIC Rx EQ Coefficient Matrix Scan

130 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 5

• C-1/C+1: Result of the BER measurement for the specific combination


of the coefficient matrix.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 131
5 8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

8G Rx Pre-Shoot De-Emphasis Scan

Purpose and Method

The purpose of this test is to find the optimum combination of


de-emphasis and pre-shoot amplitude. As a first step, the procedure sets
initial de-emphasis and pre-shoot values and adjusts the eye height to
obtain the desired BER (slightly above 1e-9). Then, it retains the initial
pre-shoot and performs a de-emphasis scan, measuring the BER for every
de-emphasis value. After that, it retains the initial de-emphasis amplitude
and makes a pre-shoot scan. Finally, the test shows the result tables, one
for the de-emphasis scan and one for the pre-shoot scan. The results let
you see the best combination with the initial values that were selected.
Figure 63 and Figure 64 show the connection diagram for ASIC Rx
Pre-shoot De-Emphasis Scan for M8040A and M8020A, respectively.

Figure 63 Setup for 8.0GT/s ASIC Receiver Tests M8040A

132 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 5

Figure 64 Setup for 8.0GT/s ASIC Receiver Tests M8020A

Parameters in Expert Mode

Eye Parameter
• Scan Order
• Initial De-Emphasis
• Initial Pre-shoot
• Force Retraining at each Preset
• Common Mode Sinusoidal Interference
De-Emphasis Variation
• Start De-Emphasis
• Stop De-Emphasis
• De-Emphasis Step Size
BER Measurement
• BER Mode
• Target BER
• Confidence Level

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 133
5 8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Pre-Shoot Variation
• Start Pre-shoot
• Stop Pre-shoot
• Pre-shoot Step Size
Equalization for remaining Rx Tests
• Allow user to enter optimum equalization for remaining Rx tests
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 9, “PCIe Receiver
Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 8G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration on page 93.
• 8G Random Jitter Calibration on page 101.
• 8G Insertion Loss Calibration on page 107.
• 8G CMSI Calibration on page 111.
• 8G DMSI Calibration on page 115.

134 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 5

Result Description

Figure 65 Result for 8.0 GT/s ASIC Rx De-Emphasis Scan

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 135
5 8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

• x-column [dB]: The de-emphasis level added to the signal at each step.
• BER for De-Emphasis Scan: The BER measured at each step.

Figure 66 Result for 8.0 GT/s ASIC Rx Pre-Shoot Scan

136 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 5

• x-column [dB]: The pre-shoot level added to the signal at each step.
• BER for Pre-Shoot Scan: The BER measured at each step.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 137
5 8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

8G Rx Stressed Jitter Eye Test

Purpose and Method

This test verifies that the receiver meets the eye width specification. Eye
width is set to the minimum of the specification, which is 37.5ps, and the
eye height must be between 22.5 and 27.5mVpp.
Eye width is generated by adding the combination of Random Jitter and
DMSI that also gets as close as possible to the desired eye height. Launch
Voltage is fixed to the value used in Stressed Jitter Eye Calibration. Then,
the BER test is performed for different frequencies and amplitudes of the
sinusoidal jitter.
Figure 67 and Figure 68 show the connection diagram for ASIC Rx
Stressed Jitter Eye Test for M8040A and M8020A, respectively.

Figure 67 Setup for 8.0GT/s ASIC Receiver Tests M8040A

138 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 5

Figure 68 Setup for 8.0GT/s ASIC Receiver Tests M8020A

Parameters in Expert Mode


• Enable Impairments for Loopback Training
• Eye Height
• Eye Width
• Random Jitter: The amount of RJ added to the signal that, in
combination with the DMSI, generates an eye with the desired eye
width.
• Sinusoidal Jitter: The amount of SJ added to the signal. For 100MHz, it
is fixed to the value used in the Stressed Jitter Eye Calibration. To
change the value, it is necessary to repeat that calibration.
• Differential Mode Sinusoidal Interference: The amount of DMSI added
to the signal that, in combination with the RJ, creates an eye with the
desired eye width.
• Generator Launch Voltage: The Launch Voltage added to the signal. It
cannot be changed; it is fixed to the value used in the Stressed Jitter
Eye Calibration.
• Common Mode Sinusoidal Interference

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 139
5 8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Parameter
• Force retraining on each frequency
BER Measurement
• BER Mode
• BER Measurement Duration
• Allowed Bit Error
• Target BER
• Confidence Level
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 9, “PCIe Receiver
Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 8G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration on page 93.
• 8G Random Jitter Calibration on page 101.
• 8G Insertion Loss Calibration on page 107.
• 8G CMSI Calibration on page 111.
• 8G DMSI Calibration on page 115.
• 8G Stressed Jitter Eye Calibration on page 119.

140 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 5

Result Description

Figure 69 Result for 8.0 GT/s ASIC Rx Stressed Jitter Eye Test

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 141
5 8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

• Result: “Pass”/“Fail”, if the BER test at a specific frequency is passed,


the value is “Pass” otherwise “Fail”.
• SJ Frequency: The sinusoidal jitter frequency set at each step.
• SJ Amplitude: The sinusoidal jitter amplitude set at each step.
• Allowed Bit Errors: The maximum number of allowed errors to consider
the BERT test as a Pass.
• Measured Bit Errors: The number of bit errors that occurred during the
test.

142 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 5

8G Rx Jitter Tolerance Test

Purpose and Method

The Rx Jitter Tolerance Test determines how much jitter a DUT can
tolerate at different SJ frequencies.
The test procedure applies a search algorithm that is sequentially used
over a range of jitter frequencies. The range of frequencies to be tested is
defined with the “Frequency Mode” property. At each jitter frequency
value, the maximum jitter amplitude where the DUT produced no more bit
errors than the Number of Allowed Bit Errors is stored as the max. passed
jitter value. The result is a curve that shows the maximum jitter that the
DUT can tolerate over the SJ frequency.
There are different methods to find the maximum passed jitter amplitude.
It can be selected with “search algorithm” parameters, such as: Binary,
Linear, Linear with two sizes, Linear with Hysteresis or Logarithmic.
• If Binary is selected, the binary search algorithm is used. At first, the
jitter amplitude is set to the middle of the tested range. When the BER
test passes, it goes up and when the test fails, it goes down, At each
step, the step size is reduced until the target resolution is reached.
• If Linear is selected, the test uses the defined step size to go up linearly
from “Start Jitter” until the BER test fails.
• If Linear with two step size is selected, the test first uses relatively large
steps to go up linearly from “Start Jitter”. When BER test fails, it goes
back to the last passed point and steps up again with small steps until
an error is found again.
• If Linear with Hysteresis is selected, the test first uses relatively large
steps to go up linearly from “Start Jitter”. When BER test fails, it goes
back down with mid-sized steps until it passes again. From that point, it
steps up again with small steps until an error is found again.
• If Logarithmic is selected, the test uses the defined step factor to
increase with a logarithmic scale from “Start Jitter” until the BER test
fails.
Figure 70 and Figure 71 show the connection diagram for ASIC Rx Jitter
Tolerance Test for M8040A and M8020A, respectively.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 143
5 8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Figure 70 Setup for 8.0GT/s ASIC Receiver Tests M8040A

144 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 5

Figure 71 Setup for 8.0GT/s ASIC Receiver Tests M8020A

Parameters in Expert Mode

Sinusoidal Jitter Variation


• Frequency Mode
• If the option ‘User Defined Frequencies’ is selected, parameter is:
• Frequency Points
• If the option ‘Single Frequency’ is selected, parameter is:
• Jitter frequencies
• If the option ‘Equally Spaced Frequencies’ is selected, parameter is:
• Frequency Scale
• Start frequency
• Stop frequency
• Frequency Steps
• Search algorithm
• Jitter Step Size
• Jitter Start Value

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 145
5 8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

• Show Min. Failed Points


Parameter
• Generator Launch Voltage
• Differential Mode Sinusoidal Interference
• Random Jitter
• Common Mode Sinusoidal Interference
• Force retraining on each frequency
BER Measurement
• BER Mode
• BER Measurement Duration
• Allowed Bit Error
• Target BER
• Confidence Level
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 9, “PCIe Receiver
Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 8G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration on page 93.
• 8G Random Jitter Calibration on page 101.
• 8G Insertion Loss Calibration on page 107.
• 8G CMSI Calibration on page 111.
• 8G DMSI Calibration on page 115.
• 8G Stressed Jitter Eye Calibration on page 119.

146 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 5

Result Description

Figure 72 Result for 8.0 GT/s ASIC Rx Jitter Tolerance Test

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 147
5 8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

• Result: “Pass”/“Fail”, if the BER test at a specific frequency is passed,


the value is “Pass” otherwise “Fail”.
• SJ Frequency: The value of SJ frequency applied to the test signal.
• Min Failed Jitter: The first value of SJ amplitude where the DUT didn’t
pass the BER test at a specific frequency.
• Max Passed Jitter: The maximum value of SJ that the DUT can tolerate
at a specific SJ frequency.
• Jitter Capability: The maximum value of jitter that the test setup can
generate at a specific SJ frequency.

148 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 5

Link Equalization Transmitter Tests

Common Parameters for Link Equalization Transmitter Tests

• Scope connection for Link EQ Tx Tests


• Generator Output Voltage Compensation
• Skip BER Check
Power Switch Automation
• Use Power Switch Automation
• Power Switch Channel Number
• Power Cycle Off-On Duration
• Power Cycle Settling Time
• Power Cycle Max. Retries

Common Parameters specific for Data Rates

Loopback Training
• Link EQ Tx Test Script File
• Generator Start Preset
Error Detector
• Sensitivity
All these parameter are described in detail in the section PCIe Parameters
on page 50.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 149
5 8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

8G LEQ Tx Initial Preset Compliance Test

Purpose and Method

This test is valid for End Point DUTs (or addInCards or devices) only. It uses
the interactive link training feature of the JBERT.
The JBERT runs the link training, setting several initial equalization
transmitter presets on the DUT and skipping the link equalization phase.
Once the DUT is in loopback, the DUT signal is captured and analyzed to
check whether or not the DUT is using the preset requested by the JBERT.

Figure 73 Setup for 8.0GT/s ASIC LEQ Tx Tests M8040A

150 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 5

Figure 74 Setup for 8.0GT/s ASIC LEQ Tx Tests M8020A

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 151
5 8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Result Description

Figure 75 Result for 8.0 GT/s ASIC LEQ Tx Initial Preset Compliance Test

• Result: The measured Pre-Shoot and De-Emphasis must be within the


specification limits.
• DUT Initial Preset: Set by the JBERT.
• Pre-Shoot [dB]: Measured Pre-Shoot on the DUT waveform.
• Min Spec PS [dB]: Pre-Shoot lower specification limit.
• Max Spec PS [dB]: Pre-Shoot upper specification limit.
• De-Emphasis [dB]: Measured De-Emphasis on the DUT waveform.
• Min Spec DE [dB]: De-Emphasis lower specification limit.
• Max Spec DE [dB]: De-Emphasis upper specification limit.
• Comment: A comment can be added to each test step if fails,
explaining the reason.

152 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 5

8G LEQ Tx Response Time Compliance Test

Purpose and Method

This test uses the interactive link training feature of the JBERT to train the
DUT into loopback mode, running the link equalization phase completely.
A certain initial transmitter preset is set to the DUT. A successful link
training raises an event, which is used to capture the waveforms of the
JBERT and the DUT. At that moment, the captured waveform from the
JBERT contains the preset change request and the waveform from the
DUT contains the acknowledgment of that request. Additionally, waveform
from the DUT also contains the physical transition from the initial
transmitter preset to the requested preset.
The captured data is decoded and two time-spans are calculated: one
between the request and the acknowledgment, and other between the
request and the electrical transition.
Finally, once the DUT is in the loopback mode, a similar preset
measurement is performed for the Initial Preset.
The test is divided in two parts. In the first part, the JBERT requests for
transmitter presets. In the second part, the JBERT requests the
pre-cursor, cursor and post-cursor reported by the DUT.
For End Point DUTs (or AddInCards or devices), the initial transmitter
preset is set by the JBERT. For RootComplex DUTs (or Systems or Hosts),
you must manually set the DUT initial transmitter preset.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 153
5 8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Figure 76 Setup for 8.0GT/s ASIC LEQ Tx Tests M8040A

154 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 5

Figure 77 Setup for 8.0GT/s ASIC LEQ Tx Tests M8020A

Parameters in Expert Mode

Parameter
• Max Number of Retries: If the acquired data cannot be decoded, the
link training can be repeated to get new data.
• Scope visible range: Waveform range, used at the moment when the
link equalization phase is performed.
Oscilloscope
• Scope Horizontal Range
• Scope Request Vertical Range
• Scope Response Vertical Range

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 155
5 8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Result Description

Figure 78 Result for 8.0 GT/s ASIC LEQ Tx Response Time Compliance

156 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 5

• Result: Max. passed Jitter should be bigger than Min. Specification.


• DUT Target Preset: The transmitter preset that is requested to the DUT
at each step.
• Electrical response time [ns]: The calculated timespan between the
request from the JBERT and the physical preset transition on the DUT
waveform.
• Protocol response time [ns]: The calculated timespan between the
request from the JBERT and the acknowledgment.
• Pre-Shoot [dB]: The measured Pre-Shoot on the DUT waveform.
• Min Spec ps [dB]: The pre-Shoot lower specification limit.
• Max Spec ps [dB]: The pre-Shoot upper specification limit.
• De-Emphasis [dB]: The measured De-Emphasis on the DUT waveform.
• Min Spec DE[dB]: The De-Emphasis lower specification limit.
• Max Spec DE[dB]: The De-Emphasis upper specification limit.
• Comment: A comment can be added to each test step.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 157
5 8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Receiver Setup Tests

Common Parameters for Receiver Setup Tests

• Reference Clock
Power Switch Automation
• Use Power Switch Automation
• Power Switch Channel Number
• Power Cycle Off-On Duration
• Power Cycle Settling Time
• Power Cycle Max. Retries

Common Parameters specific for Data Rates

• Data Rate Deviation


All these parameter are described in detail in the section PCIe Parameters
on page 50.

158 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 5

8G Rx Stressed Jitter Eye Setup

Purpose and Method

The purpose of this procedure is to configure the data generator with the
parameters that are required in the Stressed Jitter Eye Rx. The set
parameters are the differential amplitude, random jitter, common mode
sinusoidal interference jitter and differential mode sinusoidal interference.

Figure 79 Setup for 8.0GT/s ASIC Receiver Tests M8040A

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 159
5 8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Figure 80 Setup for 8.0GT/s ASIC Receiver Tests M8020A

Parameters in Expert Mode


• Eye Height
• Eye Width
• Random Jitter: The amount of RJ added to the signal that, in
combination with the DMSI, generates an eye with the desired eye
width.
• Sinusoidal Jitter: The amount of SJ added to the signal. It cannot be
changed; it is fixed to the value used in the Stressed Jitter Eye
Calibration. To change the value it is necessary to repeat that
calibration.
• Sinusoidal Jitter Frequency
• Differential Mode Sinusoidal Interference: The amount of DMSI added
to the signal that, in combination with the RJ, creates an eye with the
desired eye width.
• Generator Launch Voltage: The Launch Voltage added to the signal. It
cannot be changed; it is fixed to the value used in the Stressed Jitter
Eye Calibration.
• Common Mode Sinusoidal Interference

160 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 5

For description of the parameters, refer to Table 9, “PCIe Receiver


Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 8G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration on page 93.
• 8G Random Jitter Calibration on page 101.
• 8G Insertion Loss Calibration on page 107.
• 8G CMSI Calibration on page 111.
• 8G DMSI Calibration on page 115.
• 8G Stressed Jitter Eye Calibration on page 119.

Result Description
• None

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 161
5 8.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

162 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software
Platform
User Guide

6 16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests


Overview / 164
16.0 GT/s ASIC Calibrations / 165
Receiver Tests / 253
Link Equalization Receiver Tests / 279
Link Equalization Transmitter Tests / 281
Receiver Setup Tests / 290
6 16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Overview

Before any receiver test procedure can be run, the PCIe receiver test
system must be calibrated.
The ValiFrame calibration plane is given by the DUT input ports. The
receiver test signal characteristics such as the PCIe signal generator
output voltage level and jitter parameters are typically affected by the
signal transmission between the generator output ports and the DUT input
ports. Thus, for any signal output parameter that you select (set value), the
jitter and the signal received at the DUT input ports (actual value) deviate
from the set value. Additional deviations can be caused by effects such as
offset errors, hysteresis, and nonlinear behavior of the signal generator.
The ValiFrame calibration procedures compensate for the deviations of the
relevant signal output parameter actual values from the set values over the
required parameter range.
All calibration procedures required for PCIe receiver testing are included in
the ValiFrame software. The ValiFrame calibration procedures are
implemented such that the calibration process is conducted as fast as
possible and is automated as much as possible, for example, by minimizing
the number of re-configuration of the hardware connections.

Common Parameters for 16.0 GT/s ASIC Calibrations

Data rate specific parameters:


• Gen 4 Fixture
• Gen4 ISI Adjustment
• Gen4 ASIC Eye Calibration Method
• Start With Minimum Loss Channel
• Scope Connection for Calibration
For the description of each parameter, refer to Table 6, “PCIe Common
Calibration Parameters”.

164 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 6

16.0 GT/s ASIC Calibrations

16G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration

Purpose and Method

This procedure calibrates the De-Emphasis, Pre-shoot and DC amplitude


at TP1.
The pattern generator sends an equalization pattern to the oscilloscope
and performs a sweep of the whole equalization range.
First, the pre-cursor is set to the initial value (-0.28dB). For this set value,
the post cursor is swept from -0.28 to 0.02dB with linear steps of 0.02dB.
At each post-cursor value, the de-emphasis, pre-shoot and differential
voltage are measured with the oscilloscope. Then, the pre-cursor is
increased with a step size of 0.02dB and the process is repeated until
0.02dB is attained. The Launch Voltage is always fixed to 800mV.

The procedure explained above is specific for the M8040A data


NOTE generator setup. For the M8020A setup, the procedure is very similar but
the sweep is not performed over the pre-cursor and post-cursor values.
In this case, the sweep is performed directly for the de-emphasis (from
-6dB to 2dB) and pre-shoot (from 6dB to -1dB).
As result, three calibration data tables are generated. Then, in further
procedures, these calibrations are used to set equalization values that
provide the desired de-emphasis, pre-shoot and voltage in the test point.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 165
6 16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Figure 81 to Figure 84 show the connection diagrams for calibrations at


TP1.

Figure 81 Setup for 16.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations (TP1, No TTC, DSOz, M8040A)

Figure 82 Setup for 16.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations (TP1, No TTC, 2CH DSO, M8040A)

166 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 6

Figure 83 Setup for 16.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations (TP1, With TTC, M8040A)

Figure 84 Setup for 16.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations (TP1, M8020A)

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 167
6 16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Parameters in Expert Mode


• EQ Calibration Pattern
• Verification Mode
Generator
• Set Amplitude
Oscilloscope
• Scope Bandwidth
• Number of Waveform Averages
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 8, “PCIe Calibration
Parameters”.

168 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 6

Result Description (similar to that for 8.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations)

Figure 85 Result for 16.0 GT/s TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration (Pre-shoot)

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 169
6 16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

• Set Random Jitter: The jitter amplitude set in the instrument.


• C+1 (x dB): The Pre-shoot measured for the combination of post-cursor
(x dB) and pre-cursor values set on the data generator.

Figure 86 Result for 16.0 GT/s TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration (De-Emphasis)

170 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 6

• Set Post-Cursor: The post-cursor value set in the data generator.


• C-1 (x dB): The De-Emphasis measured for the combination of
post-cursor and pre-cursor values set on the data generator.

Figure 87 Result for 16.0 GT/s TxEQ and Launch Voltage Cal (Launch Voltage)

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 171
6 16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

• Set Post-Cursor: The post-cursor value set in the data generator.


• C-1 (x dB): The Differential voltage amplitude measured for the
combination of post-cursor and pre-cursor values set on the data
generator.

172 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 6

16G Random Jitter Calibration

Purpose and Method

While performing Rx tests, the input signal is stressed with a combination


of jitter sources to simulate the possible impairments that are expected at
the Rx input when operating in a target system. Random jitter is added to
simulate the effects of thermal noise. Due to system intrinsic jitter, the
effective jitter level is different from the value set in the data generator;
therefore, jitter amplitude is calibrated.
The test automation starts with a small RJ amplitude and increases that
value with several steps over a defined range. For each step, the procedure
measures the actual random jitter.
The generator sends a clock pattern during this calibration procedure.
The measurement is done using a real-time oscilloscope
RJ/DJ-separation software EZJIT or the SigTest Application.
The calibration data is stored in a Cal-table. This calibration table is used
during measurements to calculate the RJ amplitude that must be set on
the generator to get the expected RJ amplitude at the test point.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 173
6 16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Figure 88 to Figure 91 show the connection diagrams for calibrations at


TP1.

Figure 88 Setup for 16.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations (TP1, No TTC, DSOz, M8040A)

For DSOz without TCCs, the oscilloscope connections must be changed


NOTE from HF channels to LF channels.

Figure 89 Setup for 16.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations (TP1, No TTC, 2CH DSO, M8040A)

174 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 6

Figure 90 Setup for 16.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations (TP1, With TTC, M8040A)

Figure 91 Setup for 16.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations (TP1, M8020A)

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 175
6 16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Parameters in Expert Mode

Generator
• Pre-shoot
• De-Emphasis
• Generator Voltage
Oscilloscope
• Scope Bandwidth
• Number of Averages
• Number of UIs
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 8, “PCIe Calibration
Parameters”.

176 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 6

Result Description (similar to that for 8.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations)

Figure 92 Result for 16.0 GT/s ASIC Random Jitter Calibration

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 177
6 16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

• Set Random Jitter: The jitter amplitude set in the instrument.


• Measured Random Jitter: The measured jitter amplitude.

178 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 6

16G LF SJ Calibration

Purpose and Method

This procedure calibrates the sinusoidal jitter amplitude for a set of low
frequencies (200KMHz, 500KHz, 1MHz, 2MHz and 4MHz).
The test automation starts with small SJ amplitude and increases that
value with several steps over a defined range. For each step, the procedure
measures the actual sinusoidal jitter for all the frequencies. The
measurement is done using a real-time oscilloscope RJ/DJ-separation
software EZJIT or the SigTest Application.
The calibration data is stored in a Cal-table. This calibration table is used
during measurements to adjust the SJ amplitude to the desired output SJ
amplitudes.
Figure 93 to Figure 96 show the connection diagrams for calibrations at
TP1.

Figure 93 Setup for 16.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations (TP1, No TTC, DSOz, M8040A)

For DSOz without TCCs, the oscilloscope connections must be changed


NOTE from HF channels to LF channels.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 179
6 16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Figure 94 Setup for 16.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations (TP1, No TTC, 2CH DSO, M8040A)

Figure 95 Setup for 16.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations (TP1, With TTC, M8040A)

180 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 6

Figure 96 Setup for 16.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations (TP1, M8020A)

Parameters in Expert Mode

Generator
• Pre-shoot
• De-Emphasis
• Generator Voltage
Oscilloscope
• Scope Bandwidth
• Number of Averages
• Number of UIs
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 8, “PCIe Calibration
Parameters”.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 181
6 16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Result Description

Figure 97 Result for 16.0 GT/s ASIC LF SJ Calibration

182 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 6

• Set SJ: The SJ jitter amplitude set in the instrument.


• SJ (x frequency): The measured sinusoidal jitter amplitude for the set SJ
amplitude and frequency.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 183
6 16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

16G HF SJ Calibration

Purpose and Method

This procedure calibrates the sinusoidal jitter amplitude for a set of high
frequencies (5MHz, 10MHz and 100MHz).
The test automation starts with small SJ amplitude and increases that
value with several steps over a defined range. For each step, the procedure
measures the actual sinusoidal jitter for all the frequencies. The
measurement is done using a real-time oscilloscope RJ/DJ-separation
software EZJIT or the SigTest Application.
The calibration data is stored in a Cal-table. This calibration table is used
during measurements to adjust the SJ amplitude to the desired output SJ
amplitudes.
Figure 98 to Figure 101 show the connection diagrams for calibrations at
TP1.

Figure 98 Setup for 16.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations (TP1, No TTC, DSOz, M8040A)

For DSOz without TCCs, the oscilloscope connections must be changed


NOTE from HF channels to LF channels.

184 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 6

Figure 99 Setup for 16.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations (TP1, No TTC, 2CH DSO, M8040A)

Figure 100 Setup for 16.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations (TP1, With TTC, M8040A)

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 185
6 16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Figure 101 Setup for 16.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations (TP1, M8020A)

Parameters in Expert Mode

Generator
• Pre-shoot
• De-Emphasis
• Generator Voltage
Oscilloscope
• Scope Bandwidth
• Number of Averages
• Number of UIs
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 8, “PCIe Calibration
Parameters”.

186 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 6

Result Description

Figure 102 Result for 16.0 GT/s ASIC HF SJ Calibration

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 187
6 16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

• Set SJ: The SJ jitter amplitude set in the instrument.


• SJ (x frequency): The measured sinusoidal jitter amplitude for the set SJ
amplitude and frequency.

188 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 6

16G Unit Interval Calibration

Purpose and Method

This procedure is only required when the SigTest software is used. It


measures the unit interval of the signal.
The test automation sends a clean signal without adding any jitter sources.
Then, the actual unit interval is measured with the oscilloscope.
The calibration data is stored in a Cal-table. This calibration table is used
to measure eye height and eye width with SigTest.
Figure 103 to Figure 106 show the connection diagrams for calibrations at
TP1.

Figure 103 Setup for 16.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations (TP1, No TTC, DSOz, M8040A)

For DSOz without TCCs, the oscilloscope connections must be changed


NOTE from HF channels to LF channels.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 189
6 16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Figure 104 Setup for 16.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations (TP1, No TTC, 2CH DSO, M8040A)

Figure 105 Setup for 16.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations (TP1, With TTC, M8040A)

190 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 6

Figure 106 Setup for 16.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations (TP1, M8020A)

Parameters in Expert Mode

Generator
• Pre-shoot
• De-Emphasis
• Generator Voltage
Oscilloscope
• Scope Bandwidth
• Number of Averages
• Number of UIs
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 8, “PCIe Calibration
Parameters”.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 191
6 16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Result Description

Figure 107 Result for 16.0 GT/s ASIC Unit Interval Calibration

• Mean Unit Interval [ps]: The unit interval measured.

192 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 6

16G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Measurement

Purpose and Method

This procedure sets the calibrated Differential Voltage, Pre-Shoot and


De-Emphasis values at TP1 and re-measure them. The measurement can
be repeated as many times as a new impairment combination is selected.
The procedure is useful to check if the TxEQ and Launch Voltage
Calibration is correct and the desired values at TP1 can be achieved.
It is only available in “Expert Mode” when the “Include Advanced
Measurement” option is selected. To set this option, refer to PCIe
Parameters on page 50.
Figure 108 to Figure 111 show the connection diagrams for calibrations at
TP1.

Figure 108 Setup for 16.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations (TP1, No TTC, DSOz, M8040A)

For DSOz without TCCs, the oscilloscope connections must be changed


NOTE from HF channels to LF channels.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 193
6 16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Figure 109 Setup for 16.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations (TP1, No TTC, 2CH DSO, M8040A)

Figure 110 Setup for 16.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations (TP1, With TTC, M8040A)

194 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 6

Figure 111 Setup for 16.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations (TP1, M8020A)

Parameters in Expert Mode

Generator
• Pre-shoot
• De-Emphasis
• Generator Voltage
Oscilloscope
• Scope Bandwidth
• Number of Averages
• Number of UIs
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 8, “PCIe Calibration
Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 16G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration on page 165.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 195
6 16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Result Description

Figure 112 Result for 16.0 GT/s ASIC Tx EQ and Launch Voltage Measurement

• Pre-Shoot [dB]: The pre-shoot value set at the signal generator.


• De-Emphasis [dB]: The de-emphasis value set at the signal generator.
• Generator Voltage [mV]: The generator voltage value set at the signal
generator.
• Measured Pre-Shoot [dB]: The pre-shoot measured with the scope.
• Measured De-Emphasis [dB]: The de-emphasis measured with the
scope.
• Measured Differential Voltage [dB]: The generator measured with the
scope.

196 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 6

16G Insertion Loss Calibration

Purpose and Method

The Insertion Loss (IL) of the calibration channels + the replica channel
must be in a well-defined range. This procedure calibrates the insertion
loss for different hardware traces.
If the “Measurement Method” parameter is set to 'VNA (manual)', the
procedure does not perform any measurement. At the beginning of the
calibration, it is necessary to specify the variable ISI pair numbers that
generate a channel loss of -27dB, -28dB and -30dB, respectively. In this
case, the var. ISI pair number for the certain channels must be determined
manually by a VNA. The package loss must be added to VNA IL value. With
these values, the procedure calculates for every ISI trace the insertion loss
from 1GHz to 8GHz with steps of 100MHz. This is the default and the
recommended method.
If the “Measurement Method” parameter is set to 'Step Response', the test
automation calibrates several traces given by the parameters “Trace
Number Start Value” and “Trace Number Stop Value”. For every ISI trace,
the insertion loss is measured from 1GHz to 8GHz with steps of 100MHz.
The Insertion Loss is measured using the Seasim software.
The calibration data is stored in a Cal-table. This calibration table is used
to evaluate the optimum ISI trace for the Rx tests.

A compensation of -1.0dB is applied at 8GHz because of 1m length SMA


NOTE cable connected to the generator. This cable counts per CTS to the total
channel loss but the calibration reference point is located after that
cable. Therefore, the cable is not included in the step regarding insertion
loss measurement and the cable’s insertion loss must be added after the
measurement.

Figure 113 and Figure 114 show the connection diagrams for the long
channel calibrations.
If the Measurement Method is set as ‘Step Response’, the following
connection setup is required. At each step, the software prompts to
increase the hardware trace. If ‘VNA Method’ is set, no connections are
needed.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 197
6 16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Figure 113 Setup for 16.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations Long Channel M8040A

198 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 6

Figure 114 Setup for 16.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations Long Channel M8020A

Parameters in Expert Mode


• Measurement Method
• Automatic Trace Selection
• Generator Cable Loss
• Trace Loss Increment
• Trace Number Start Value
• Trace Number Stop Value
• Save Calibration Data
Oscilloscope
• Scope Bandwidth
• Number of Averages
• Number of Waveform Averages
Variable ISI pairs
• CBB Var. ISI pair -27dB

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 199
6 16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 16G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration on page 165.

200 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 6

Result Description

Figure 115 Result for 16.0 GT/s ASIC Insertion Loss Calibration

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 201
6 16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

• Frequency [GHz]: The frequency where the insertion loss is measured.


• Insertion Loss (Trace X) [dB]: Insertion Loss measured at each
frequency when trace X is selected.

202 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 6

16G ISI Adjustment Calibration

This calibration is available with the M8020A setup only.


NOTE

Purpose and Method

If the M8020A internal ISI feature is available, the emulated ISI can be
combined with the hardware traces to adjust the desired insertion loss.
The test automation calibrates several internal traces given by the
parameters “ISI M8020A Start Value” and “ISI M8020A Stop Value”.
For every M8020A ISI trace, the insertion loss is measured from 1GHz to
8GHz with steps of 100MHz. The insertion loss is measured using the
Seasim software.
The calibration data is stored in a Cal-table. This calibration table is used
to evaluate the optimum internal ISI for the Rx tests.

Figure 116 Setup for 16.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations Long Channel M8020A

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 203
6 16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Parameters in Expert Mode

Generator
• ISI from M8020A Start Value
• ISI form M8020A Stop Value
• Trace Number
• Save Calibration Data
Oscilloscope
• Scope Bandwidth
• Number of Averages
• Number of Waveform Averages
Variable ISI pairs
• CBB Var. ISI pair -27dB
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 8, “PCIe Calibration
Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 16G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration on page 165.
• 16G Insertion Loss Calibration on page 197.

204 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 6

Result Description

Figure 117 Result for 16.0 GT/s ASIC ISI Adjustment Calibration

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 205
6 16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

• Frequency [GHz]: The frequency where the insertion loss is measured.


• Insertion Loss (X_ISI) [dB]: Insertion Loss measured at each frequency
for X dB of insertion loss.

206 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 6

16G Initial Equalization Preset Optimization

Purpose and Method

This procedure measures the Eye-Height and Eye-Width for each Tx


equalization preset. When the “Start with minimum loss channel” option is
not selected in the Configure DUT dialog, the measurement is performed
with a channel loss of -30dB. When the “Start with minimum loss channel”
option is selected, the measurement is performed with a channel loss of
-27dB.
Depending on the Eye Cal Method selected, the eye measurement is
performed either with Seasim or with SigTest software.
With Seasim, a step is applied at the input of the calibration channel and
the step response is captured at the output of the replica channel. The
oscilloscope averages the step response, which minimizes noise. With the
step response, the complete electrical behavior of the channel is defined.
With this data, a statistical eye can be calculated. The different
impairments are simulated by Seasim.
With SigTest, a compliance pattern is applied and the different
impairments like random jitter, sinusoidal jitter and differential and
common mode sinusoidal inference are added to the signal.
The calibration data is stored in a Cal-table. This calibration data is used in
the Channel calibration to set the preset that gets the largest eye.
Figure 118 and Figure 119 show the connection diagrams for the long
channel calibrations. The hardware trace is set to either the one that gives
the maximum loss channel (if “Start with minimum loss channel” is
unchecked) or the one that gives the minimum loss channel (if “Start with
minimum loss channel” option is checked).

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 207
6 16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Figure 118 Setup for 16.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations Long Channel M8040A

208 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 6

Figure 119 Setup for 16.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations Long Channel M8020A

Parameters in Expert Mode


• Equalization Preset Range: The set of presets values that are calibrated.
• CTLE Start Value
• CTLE Stop Value
Generator
• Generator Launch Voltage
• DMSI
• CMSI
• Random Jitter
• Sinusoidal Jitter
• Sinusoidal Jitter Frequency
Oscilloscope
• Scope Bandwidth
• Number of Averages
• Number of UIs

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 209
6 16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Channel
• Trace Number
• ISI from M8020A
• Total Channel Loss
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 8, “PCIe Calibration
Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 16G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration on page 165.
• 16G Insertion Loss Calibration on page 197.
• 16G ISI Adjustment Calibration on page 203.

210 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 6

Result Description

Figure 120 Result for 16.0 GT/s ASIC Initial Eq. Preset Optimization (Eye height)

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 211
6 16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

• Set Equalization Preset: The equalization preset selected.


• Measured Eye Height [mV]: The measured Eye-Height for each preset.

212 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 6

Figure 121 Result for 16.0 GT/s ASIC Initial Eq. Preset Optimization (Eye width)

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 213
6 16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

• Set Equalization Preset: The equalization preset selected.


• Measured Eye Width [mV]: The measured Eye-Width for each preset.

214 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 6

16G Channel Calibration

Purpose and Method

This procedure searches for the calibration channel loss that gets an eye
closest to the target.
When the “Start with Minimum Loss Channel” option is not selected in the
“Configure DUT” dialog, the hardware trace is set to achieve -30dB at
8GHz and the Tx EQ preset to the value that gets the largest eye. Then, at
each step, the channel loss is decreased by 0.5dB and the eye measured
until the eye width and the eye height exceed the target, or until the
insertion loss at 8GHz reaches the minimum of -27dB.
When the “Start with Minimum Loss Channel” option is selected, the
hardware trace is set to achieve -27dB at 8GHz and the Tx EQ preset to
the value that gets the largest eye. Then, at each step, the channel loss is
increased and the eye measured until either the eye width or the eye
height have fallen below the target, or until the insertion loss at 8GHz
reaches the -30dB.
If the “Emulated ISI option” is selected, the channel loss is increased by
changing the internal M8020A ISI traces. If not, the procedure increases
the hardware ISI trace number.
The calibration data is stored in a Cal-table. This calibration data is used to
evaluate the optimum ISI trace for the Rx tests.
Figure 118 and Figure 119 show the connection diagrams for the long
channel calibrations. The hardware trace is set to either the one that gives
the maximum loss channel (if “Start with minimum loss channel” is
unchecked) or the one that gives the minimum loss channel (if “Start with
minimum loss channel” option is checked). Note that for each step, you
are required to change the hardware trace until the optimum channel is
found.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 215
6 16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Figure 122 Setup for 16.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations Long Channel M8040A

216 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 6

Figure 123 Setup for 16.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations Long Channel M8020A

Parameters in Expert Mode


• Equalization Preset Range: The set of presets values that are calibrated.
• CTLE Start Value
• CTLE Stop Value
Generator
• Generator Launch Voltage
• DMSI
• CMSI
• Random Jitter
• Sinusoidal Jitter
• Sinusoidal Jitter Frequency
Oscilloscope
• Scope Bandwidth
• Number of Averages
• Number of UIs

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 217
6 16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Channel
• Trace Number
• ISI from M8020A
• Total Channel Loss
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 8, “PCIe Calibration
Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 16G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration on page 165.
• 16G Insertion Loss Calibration on page 197.
• 16G ISI Adjustment Calibration on page 203.

218 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 6

Result Description

Figure 124 Result for 16.0 GT/s ASIC Channel Calibration (Eye height)

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 219
6 16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

• Set Trace Number: The tested trace number.


• Measured Eye Height: The measured Eye Height value for each trace
number.

220 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 6

Figure 125 Result for 16.0 GT/s ASIC Channel Calibration (Eye width)

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 221
6 16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

• Set Trace Number: The tested trace number.


• Measured Eye Width: The measured Eye Width value for each trace
number.

222 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 6

16G DMSI Calibration

Purpose and Method

The Differential Mode Sinusoidal Interference (DMSI) is generated


internally with the data generator. The resulting amplitude at the input of
the Rx is attenuated and must be calibrated.
The test automation starts with a small DMSI amplitude and increases that
value with several steps over a defined range.
For each step, the procedure measures the actual DMSI with a real-time
oscilloscope.
The calibration data is stored in a Cal-table. When measurements are
performed, this calibration table is used to adjust the DMSI amplitude to
the desired value in the Rx input.
Figure 126 and Figure 127 show the connection diagrams for the DMSI
calibrations. The hardware trace is set to the optimal number according to
the Channel Calibration.

Figure 126 Setup for 16.0GT/s ASIC DMSI Calibrations M8040A

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 223
6 16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Figure 127 Setup for 16.0GT/s ASIC DMSI Calibrations M8020A

Parameters in Expert Mode


• Verification Mode
Oscilloscope
• Scope Bandwidth
Channel
• Trace Number
• Total Channel Loss
• ISI from M8020A
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 8, “PCIe Calibration
Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 16G Insertion Loss Calibration on page 197.
• 16G ISI Adjustment Calibration on page 203.

224 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 6

Result Description (similar to that for 8.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations)

Figure 128 Result for 16.0 GT/s ASIC DMSI Calibration

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 225
6 16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

• Set DM Interference: The amount of DMSI set in the data generator.


• Measured DMSI Amplitude: The actual DMSI measured with the
oscilloscope.

226 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 6

16G CMSI Calibration

Purpose and Method

The Common Mode Sinusoidal Interference (CMSI) is generated internally


with the data generator. The resulting amplitude at the input of the Rx is
attenuated and must be calibrated.
The test automation starts with a small CMSI amplitude and increases that
value with several steps over a defined range. The minimum amplitude is
0mV and the maximum amplitude is the maximum value that the data
generator can generate. For each step, the procedure measures the actual
CMSI with a real-time oscilloscope.
The calibration data is stored in a Cal-table. When measurements are
performed, these calibration tables are used to adjust the voltage
amplitude to the desired output CMSI.
Figure 129 and Figure 130 show the connection diagrams for the CMSI
calibrations. The hardware trace is set to the optimal number according to
the Channel Calibration.

Figure 129 Setup for 16.0GT/s ASIC CMSI Calibrations M8040A

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 227
6 16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Figure 130 Setup for 16.0GT/s ASIC CMSI Calibrations M8020A

Parameters in Expert Mode


• Verification Mode
Oscilloscope
• Scope Bandwidth
Channel
• Trace Number
• Total Channel Loss
• ISI from M8020A
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 8, “PCIe Calibration
Parameters”.

228 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 6

Result Description

Figure 131 Result for 16.0 GT/s ASIC CMSI Calibration

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 229
6 16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

• Set CMSI: The amount of CMSI set in the data generator.


• Measured CMSI: The actual CMSI measured with the oscilloscope.

230 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 6

16G Final Equalization Preset

Purpose and Method

This procedure measures the Eye-Height and Eye-Width for each Tx


equalization preset when the channel loss has been adjusted to the
optimum value. Depending on the ‘Eye Cal Method’ selected, the eye
measurement is performed with Seasim or SigTest software.
Then, in further procedures, this calibration is used to set the preset that
helps in obtaining the largest eye.
Figure 118 and Figure 119 show the connection diagrams for the long
channel calibrations. The hardware trace is set to the optimal number
according to the Channel Calibration.

Figure 132 Setup for 16.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations Long Channel M8040A

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 231
6 16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Figure 133 Setup for 16.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations Long Channel M8020A

Parameters in Expert Mode


• Use Calibration data from 16G Initial Equalization Preset Optimization.
• Equalization Preset Range: The set of presets values that are calibrated.
• CTLE Start Value
• CTLE Stop Value
Generator
• Generator Launch Voltage
• DMSI
• CMSI
• Random Jitter
• Sinusoidal Jitter
• Sinusoidal Jitter Frequency
Oscilloscope
• Scope Bandwidth
• Number of Averages

232 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 6

• Number of UIs
Channel
• Trace Number
• ISI from M8020A
• Total Channel Loss
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 8, “PCIe Calibration
Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 16G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration on page 165.
• 16G Insertion Loss Calibration on page 197.
• 16G ISI Adjustment Calibration on page 203.
• 16G DMSI Calibration on page 223.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 233
6 16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Result Description

Figure 134 Result for 16.0 GT/s ASIC Final Equalization Preset (Eye height)

234 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 6

• Set Equalization Preset: The set equalization preset value in the


instrument.
• Measured Eye Height: The measured Eye Height value for each step.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 235
6 16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Figure 135 Result for 16.0 GT/s ASIC Final Equalization Preset (Eye width)

236 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 6

• Set Equalization Preset: The set equalization preset value in the


instrument.
• Measured Eye Width: The measured Eye Width value for each step.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 237
6 16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

16G Pre-Compliance Eye Calibration

Purpose and Method

This procedure measures the effects on the Eye-Height and Eye-Width


caused by changes made to each impairment (SJ, DMSI and Launch
Voltage) individually.
The calibration measures the eye in four situations:
1 all the impairments are set to the nominal values;
2 the DMSI is set to the maximum value allowed by the specifications;
3 the SJ is set to the maximum specification amplitude;
4 the differential voltage is set to the minimum spec level.
At each step, the eye is measured either with the Seasim or with the
SigTest software.
The calibration data is stored in a Cal-table. This Calibration data is used in
the Compliance Eye Calibration to calculate DMSI, SJ and Vdiff
adjustment to meet the target eye.
Figure 136 and Figure 137 show the connection diagrams for the long
channel calibrations. The hardware trace is set to the optimal number
according to the Channel Calibration.

238 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 6

Figure 136 Setup for 16.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations Long Channel M8040A

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 239
6 16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Figure 137 Setup for 16.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations Long Channel M8020A

Parameters in Expert Mode


• CTLE
Generator
• Pre-shoot
• De-Emphasis
• CMSI
• Random Jitter
Oscilloscope
• Scope Bandwidth
• Number of Averages
• Number of UIs
Channel
• Trace Number
• ISI from M8020A
• Total Channel Loss

240 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 6

For description of the parameters, refer to Table 8, “PCIe Calibration


Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 16G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration on page 165.
• 16G Random Jitter Calibration on page 173.
• 16G HF SJ Calibration on page 184.
• 16G Insertion Loss Calibration on page 197.
• 16G DMSI Calibration on page 223.
• 16G CMSI Calibration on page 227.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 241
6 16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Result Description

Figure 138 Result for 16.0 GT/s ASIC Pre-Compliance Eye Calibration

• DMSI: The amount of DMSI set using the calibrations.


• SJ: The amount of SJ set using the calibrations.
• Vdiff: The amount of differential voltage set using the calibrations.
• Eye Height: The measured eye height.
• Eye Width: The measured eye width.

242 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 6

16G Compliance Eye Calibration

Purpose and Method

This calibration searches for the optimum combination of DMSI, SJ and


Launch Voltage values to generate an eye with the closest possible
Compliance Eye-Height and Eye-Width.
In the first step, the eye is measured when the impairments are set to the
nominal values. Then, a search algorithm is used to re-calculate the
optimum amount of SJ, DMSI and Vdiff. This process is repeated until the
eye is in the middle of the specifications or until the “Max number of
Search Steps” is reached.
If the automatic search does not find a suitable combination of
impairments that generates an eye within the specifications (EH between
14 and 16mV and EW between 18.5 and 19ps), it is possible to perform a
manual search by manually setting the SJ, DMSI and Vdiff values.
Figure 136 and Figure 137 show the connection diagrams for the long
channel calibrations. The hardware trace is set to the optimal number
according to the Channel Calibration.

Figure 139 Setup for 16.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations Long Channel M8040A

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 243
6 16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Figure 140 Setup for 16.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations Long Channel M8020A

Parameters in Expert Mode


• Verification Mode
• Adjust Vdiff
• Max Number of Search: Maximum number of times that the optimal eye
is searched automatically.
• Use nominal EH/EW results from Pre-Compliance Cal: If set to 'True',
the measurement in the first step is skipped and the eye result is
directly copied from the 16G Pre-Compliance Eye Calibration.
• CTLE
Generator
• Pre-shoot
• De-Emphasis
• Sinusoidal Jitter Frequency
• CMSI
• Random Jitter
Oscilloscope

244 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 6

• Scope Bandwidth
• Number of Averages
• Number of UIs
Channel
• Trace Number
• ISI from M8020A
• Total Channel Loss
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 8, “PCIe Calibration
Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 16G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration on page 165.
• 16G Random Jitter Calibration on page 173.
• 16G HF SJ Calibration on page 184.
• 16G Insertion Loss Calibration on page 197.
• 16G DMSI Calibration on page 223.
• 16G CMSI Calibration on page 227.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 245
6 16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Result Description

Figure 141 Result for 16.0 GT/s ASIC Compliance Eye Calibration

• DMSI: The amount of DMSI set using the calibrations.


• SJ: The amount of SJ set using the calibrations.
• Vdiff: The amount of differential voltage set using the calibrations.
• Eye Height: The measured eye height.
• Eye Width: The measured eye width.

246 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 6

16G Eye-Height and Width Measurement

Purpose and Method

This procedure measures the Eye-Height and Eye-Width for the selected
signal impairments.
The Differential Voltage, Pre-Shoot, De-Emphasis, DMSI, Random and
Sinusoidal jitter values can be defined. The eye is measured each time a
new impairment combination is selected.
This measurement is available only in ‘Expert Mode’ when the “Include
Advanced Measurement” option is selected. To set this option, refer to
PCIe Parameters on page 50.
Figure 136 and Figure 137 show the connection diagrams for the long
channel calibrations. The hardware trace is set to the optimal number
according to the Channel Calibration.

Figure 142 Setup for 16.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations Long Channel M8040A

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 247
6 16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Figure 143 Setup for 16.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations Long Channel M8020A

Parameters in Expert Mode

Generator
• Pre-shoot
• De-Emphasis
• Differential Voltage
• Differential Mode Interference
• Random Jitter
• Sinusoidal Jitter
Oscilloscope
• Scope Bandwidth
• Number of Averages
• Number of UIs
• SigTest Template for EH/EW Measurements
• Add SigTest Results Details
• CTLE

248 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 6

Channel
• Trace Number
• ISI from M8020A
• Total Channel Loss
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 8, “PCIe Calibration
Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 16G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration on page 165.
• 16G Random Jitter Calibration on page 173.
• 16G HF SJ Calibration on page 184.
• 16G Insertion Loss Calibration on page 197.
• 16G DMSI Calibration on page 223.
• 16G CMSI Calibration on page 227.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 249
6 16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

16G Eye-Height and Width Scan

Purpose and Method

This procedure measures the Eye-Height and Eye-Width for a scan of one
or more impairments.
The “Loop levels” property determines the number of impairments to scan.
For each loop, it is necessary to specify the impairment type and define the
range to scan. Then, the test automation combines the defined loops and
the eye is measured at each step.
This measurement is available only in ‘Expert Mode’ when the “Include
Advanced Measurement” option is selected. To set this option, refer to
PCIe Parameters on page 50.
Figure 136 and Figure 137 show the connection diagrams for the long
channel calibrations. The hardware trace is set to the optimal number
according to the Channel Calibration.

Figure 144 Setup for 16.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations Long Channel M8040A

250 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 6

Figure 145 Setup for 16.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations Long Channel M8020A

Parameters in Expert Mode


• Loop Levels: The number of impairments to scan.
• Show Plots
• Equalization Mode: If it is set to ‘Presets’, you may choose the
equalization presets to scan. If it is set to ‘Custom Values’, you may
choose the Pre-Shoot and De-Emphasis values to scan.
Loop
• Scan Parameter: The impairment that must be scanned. It can be
selected as:
• Equalization Preset
• Generator Launch Voltage
• Differential Mode Sinusoidal Interference
• Common Mode Sinusoidal Interference
• Random Jitter
• Sinusoidal Jitter
• Sinusoidal Jitter Frequency

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 251
6 16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

• CTLE
• ISI
• <Parameter> Start Value: The start value for the scan of the selected
impairment.
• <Parameter> Stop Value: The stop value for the scan of the selected
impairment.
• <Parameter> Scale Type: The scale type of the scan.
• <Parameter> Number of Steps: The number of steps for the scan of the
selected impairment.
Fixed Parameters:
• <Parameter>: For all the parameters that are not scanned, set the fixed
value used in all the steps.
Oscilloscope
• Scope Bandwidth
• Number of Averages
• Number of UIs
• SigTest Template for EH/EW Measurements
• Add SigTest Results Details
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 8, “PCIe Calibration
Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 16G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration on page 165.
• 16G Random Jitter Calibration on page 173.
• 16G HF SJ Calibration on page 184.
• 16G Insertion Loss Calibration on page 197.
• 16G DMSI Calibration on page 223.
• 16G CMSI Calibration on page 227.

252 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 6

Receiver Tests

The basic principles underlying all PCIe receiver tests are:


• Train the DUT into Loopback Mode
• Send the training pattern with defined stress characteristics
• Use the error detector to verify that the DUT loops back the correct
pattern without errors
Most of the Rx tests constantly change the signal stress to collect more
data and re-initialize the loopback mode if the DUT terminates from it. If
calibration data is available, the data confirms that the signal stress is at
the specified level and test point. If calibration data is missing, a warning
message pops up. If you ignore the warning messages explicitly, you can
run tests without the calibration data.

You do not require a real-time oscilloscope to perform Receiver Tests.


NOTE

Common Parameters for Receiver Tests

• Reference Clock
Power Switch Automation
• Use Power Switch Automation
• Power Switch Channel Number
• Power Cycle Off-On Duration
• Power Cycle Settling Time
• Power Cycle Max. Retries

Common Parameters specific for Data Rates

• Data Rate Deviation


• Capture and Compare Mode
• Pause before Auto-Align
Loopback Training
• Link Training Mode
• Link Training Suite Settings File
• Default Link Training Lane Number for every Lane

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 253
6 16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

• Suppress Loopback Training Messages


• User Custom Training Voltage
Interactive Link Training
• Training through
• Generator Full Swing
• Generator Start Preset
• DUT Initial Preset
• DUT Target Preset
• Generator Start Preset Gen4
• DUT Initial Preset Gen4
• DUT Target Preset Gen4
• Drop Link Method
Error Detector
• User Gen3 EIEOS
• Use CDR
• CDR Loop Bandwidth
• Peaking
• Analyzer Equalization
• Sensitivity
• Polarity
BER Measurement
• Relax Time

Common Parameters specific for Lanes

• Use Preset
• Generator Preset
• Pre-shoot
• De-Emphasis
All these parameter are described in detail in the section PCIe Parameters
on page 50.

254 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 6

16G Rx EQ Coefficient Matrix Scan

Purpose and Method

This procedure measures the BER with a combination of coefficients C+1


(Pre-cursor) and C-1 (Post-cursor) to create a co-efficient matrix with the
BER results. At each step, the BER value is measured for different values of
C+1 coefficient while the C-1 coefficient value is kept constant. The
resulting values are mapped on to a triangular matrix, where each element
contains four entries (measured BER, pre-shoot, de-emphasis, and boost).
Elements on a diagonal line from bottom left to top right have the same
maximum boost value. The elements of the matrix are displayed in
different colors depending on the measured BER value. If the element
appears in green color, the entry values are valid and they can be used for
testing. As the color changes to red, such values are invalid for testing.
If the parameter “Allow user to enter optimum equalization” for remaining
tests is set to ‘True’, a window appears where you can select the values of
pre-shoot and de-emphasis from the resulting graph.
Figure 146 and Figure 147 show the connection diagram for ASIC
endpoints for M8040A and M8020A, respectively. Note that the setup can
differ depending on the clock architecture and external reference clock
selections.
For ASIC RootComplex DUTs, the setup differs in the reference clock
connection.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 255
6 16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Figure 146 Setup for 16.0GT/s ASIC Receiver Tests M8040A

256 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 6

Figure 147 Setup for 16.0GT/s ASIC Receiver Tests M8020A

Parameters in Expert Mode

Loopback Training
• Force Retraining at each BER measurement
• Pre-shoot used for LB Training
• De-Emphasis used for LB Training
Coefficient Variation
• Coefficient Divider
• Maximum Boost
• Start Pre-Shoot
• Start De-Emphasis
BER Measurement
• BER Mode
• Target BER
• Confidence Level
Impairments

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 257
6 16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

• Residual SSC
• Random Jitter
• Sinusoidal Jitter
• Sinusoidal Jitter Frequency
• 2nd Tone Jitter Frequency
• Common Mode Sinusoidal Interference
• Differential Mode Sinusoidal Interference
• Generator Launch Voltage
Channel
• Trace Number
• ISI from M8020A
• Total Channel Loss
Equalization for remaining Rx tests
• Allow user to enter optimum equalization for remaining Rx tests:
Controls the appearance of a window at the end of the test, which lets
you set the pre-shoot and de-emphasis values to be used for the
following tests.
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 9, “PCIe Receiver
Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 16G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration on page 165.
• 16G Random Jitter Calibration on page 173.
• 16G HF SJ Calibration on page 184.
• 16G Insertion Loss Calibration on page 197.
• 16G ISI Adjustment Calibration on page 203.
• 16G CMSI Calibration on page 227.
• 16G DMSI Calibration on page 223.
• 16G Compliance Eye Calibration on page 243.

258 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 6

Result Description (similar to that for 8.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations)

Figure 148 Result for 16.0 GT/s ASIC Rx EQ Coefficient Matrix Scan

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 259
6 16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

• C-1/C+1: Result of the BER measurement for the specific combination


of the coefficient matrix.

260 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 6

16G Rx Pre-Shoot De-Emphasis Scan

Purpose and Method

The purpose of this test is to find the optimum combination of


de-emphasis and pre-shoot amplitude. As a first step, the procedure sets
initial de-emphasis and pre-shoot values and adjusts the eye height to
obtain the desired BER (slightly above 1e-9). Then, it retains the initial
pre-shoot and performs a de-emphasis scan, measuring the BER for every
de-emphasis value. After that, it retains the initial de-emphasis amplitude
and makes a pre-shoot scan. Finally, the test shows the result tables, one
for the de-emphasis scan and one for the pre-shoot scan. The results let
you see the best combination with the initial values that were selected.
Figure 149 and Figure 150 show the connection diagram for ASIC Rx
Pre-shoot De-Emphasis Scan for M8040A and M8020A, respectively. Note
that the setup can differ depending on the clock architecture and external
reference clock selections.

Figure 149 Setup for 16.0GT/s ASIC Receiver Tests M8040A

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 261
6 16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Figure 150 Setup for 16.0GT/s ASIC Receiver Tests M8020A

Parameters in Expert Mode

Pre-Shoot Variation
• Start Pre-shoot
• Stop Pre-shoot
• Pre-shoot Step Size
De-Emphasis Variation
• Start De-Emphasis
• Stop De-Emphasis
• De-Emphasis Step Size
Parameter
• Scan Order
• Initial De-Emphasis
• Initial Pre-shoot
• Force Retraining at each Preset
BER Measurement

262 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 6

• BER Mode
• Target BER
• Confidence Level
Impairments
• Residual SSC
• Random Jitter
• Sinusoidal Jitter
• Sinusoidal Jitter Frequency
• 2nd Tone Jitter Frequency
• Common Mode Sinusoidal Interference
• Differential Mode Sinusoidal Interference
• Generator Launch Voltage
Channel
• Trace Number
• ISI from M8020A
• Total Channel Loss
Equalization for remaining Rx tests
• Allow user to enter optimum equalization for remaining Rx tests
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 9, “PCIe Receiver
Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 16G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration on page 165.
• 16G Random Jitter Calibration on page 173.
• 16G HF SJ Calibration on page 184.
• 16G Insertion Loss Calibration on page 197.
• 16G ISI Adjustment Calibration on page 203.
• 16G CMSI Calibration on page 227.
• 16G DMSI Calibration on page 223.
• 16G Compliance Eye Calibration on page 243.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 263
6 16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Result Description (similar to that for 8.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations)

Figure 151 Result for 16.0 GT/s ASIC Rx De-Emphasis Scan

264 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 6

• x-column [dB]: The de-emphasis level added to the signal at each step.
• BER for De-Emphasis Scan: The BER measured at each step.

Figure 152 Result for 16.0 GT/s ASIC Rx Pre-Shoot Scan

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 265
6 16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

• x-column [dB]: The pre-shoot level added to the signal at each step.
• BER for Pre-Shoot Scan: The BER measured at each step.

266 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 6

16G Rx Stressed Jitter Eye Test

Purpose and Method

This test verifies that the DUT properly functions in presence of the
compliance eye defined in the specification.
The target eye height and eye width is generated by adding the optimum
combination of Differential Mode Sinusoidal Interference, Sinusoidal Jitter
and Launch Voltage. Random Jitter and Common Mode Sinusoidal
interference are fixed to the nominal values. Then, the BER test is
performed for different frequencies and amplitudes of the sinusoidal jitter.
Figure 153 and Figure 154 show the connection diagram for ASIC Rx
Stressed Jitter Eye Test for M8040A and M8020A, respectively. Note that
the setup can differ depending on the clock architecture and external
reference clock selections.

Figure 153 Setup for 16.0GT/s ASIC Receiver Tests M8040A

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 267
6 16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Figure 154 Setup for 16.0GT/s ASIC Receiver Tests M8020A

Parameters in Expert Mode


• BER Mode
• BER Measurement Duration
• Allowed Bit Error
• Target BER
• Confidence Level
Parameter
• Force retraining on each frequency
Impairments
• Residual SSC
• Random Jitter: The random Jitter is fixed to 1ps.
• 2nd Tone Sinusoidal Jitter: The amount of SJ added to the signal is
fixed to 6.25ps. If it is required to add more jitter to adjust the Rx eye,
that amount is added to the 2nd tone of SJ. If it is required to reduce
the jitter, that amount is subtracted from the RJ.
• Common Mode Sinusoidal Interference

268 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 6

• Differential Mode Sinusoidal Interference: The amount of DMSI that


must be added to achieve the desired eye height and eye width.
• Generator Launch Voltage: The amount of differential amplitude that
must be added to achieve the desired eye height and eye width.
Channel
• Trace Number
• ISI from M8020A
• Total Channel Loss
Link Training
• Enable Impairments for Loopback Training
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 9, “PCIe Receiver
Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 16G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration on page 165.
• 16G Random Jitter Calibration on page 173.
• 16G HF SJ Calibration on page 184.
• 16G Insertion Loss Calibration on page 197.
• 16G ISI Adjustment Calibration on page 203.
• 16G CMSI Calibration on page 227.
• 16G DMSI Calibration on page 223.
• 16G Compliance Eye Calibration on page 243.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 269
6 16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Result Description (similar to that for 8.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations)

Figure 155 Result for 16.0 GT/s ASIC Rx Stressed Jitter Eye Test

270 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 6

• Result: “Pass”/“Fail”, if the BER test at a specific frequency is passed,


the value is “Pass” otherwise “Fail”.
• SJ Frequency: The sinusoidal jitter frequency set at each step.
• SJ Amplitude: The sinusoidal jitter amplitude set at each step.
• Allowed Bit Errors: The maximum number of allowed errors to consider
the BERT test as a Pass.
• Measured Bit Errors: The number of bit errors that occurred during the
test.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 271
6 16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

16G Rx Jitter Tolerance Test

Purpose and Method

The Rx Jitter Tolerance Test determines how much jitter a DUT can
tolerate at different SJ frequencies.
The test procedure applies a search algorithm that is sequentially used
over a range of jitter frequencies. The range of frequencies to be tested is
defined with the “Frequency Mode” property. At each jitter frequency
value, the maximum jitter amplitude where the DUT produced no more bit
errors than the Number of Allowed Bit Errors is stored as the max. passed
jitter value. The result is a curve that shows the maximum jitter that the
DUT can tolerate over the SJ frequency.
There are different methods to find the maximum passed jitter amplitude.
It can be selected with “search algorithm” parameters, such as: Binary,
Linear, Linear with two sizes, Linear with Hysteresis or Logarithmic.
• If Binary is selected, the binary search algorithm is used. At first, the
jitter amplitude is set to the middle of the tested range. When the BER
test passes, it goes up and when the test fails, it goes down, At each
step, the step size is reduced until the target resolution is reached.
• If Linear is selected, the test uses the defined step size to go up linearly
from “Start Jitter” until the BER test fails.
• If Linear with two step size is selected, the test first uses relatively large
steps to go up linearly from “Start Jitter”. When BER test fails, it goes
back to the last passed point and steps up again with small steps until
an error is found again.
• If Linear with Hysteresis is selected, the test first uses relatively large
steps to go up linearly from “Start Jitter”. When BER test fails, it goes
back down with mid-sized steps until it passes again. From that point, it
steps up again with small steps until an error is found again.
• If Logarithmic is selected, the test uses the defined step factor to
increase with a logarithmic scale from “Start Jitter” until the BER test
fails.
Figure 156 and Figure 157 show the connection diagram for ASIC Rx Jitter
Tolerance Test for M8040A and M8020A, respectively. Note that the setup
can differ depending on the clock architecture and external reference
clock selections.

272 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 6

Figure 156 Setup for 16.0GT/s ASIC Receiver Tests M8040A

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 273
6 16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Figure 157 Setup for 16.0GT/s ASIC Receiver Tests M8020A

Parameters in Expert Mode

Sinusoidal Jitter Variation


• Frequency Mode
• If the option ‘User Defined Frequencies’ is selected, parameter is:
• Frequency Points
• If the option ‘Single Frequency’ is selected, parameter is:
• Jitter frequencies
• If the option ‘Equally Spaced Frequencies’ is selected, parameter is:
• Frequency Scale
• Start frequency
• Stop frequency
• Frequency Steps
• Search algorithm
• Jitter Step Size
• Jitter Start Value

274 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 6

• Show Min. Failed Points


Parameter
• Force retraining on each frequency
BER Measurement
• BER Mode
• BER Measurement Duration
• Allowed Bit Error
• Target BER
• Confidence Level
Impairments
• Jitter Eye Adjustment Mode: If ASIC, either a 2nd tone of SJ or RJ
reduction is used to adjust to the target EH and EW. SJ is set to the
nominal. If CEM, the 1st tone of SJ is used to adjust to the target EH
and EW. RJ stays at nominal and 2nd tone is off. SJ is set to the level
from the 16G Compliance Eye Calibration.
• Residual SSC
• Random Jitter
• 2nd Tone Sinusoidal Jitter
• Differential Mode Sinusoidal Interference
• Generator Launch Voltage
• Common Mode Sinusoidal Interference
Channel
• Trace Number
• ISI from M8020A
• Total Channel Loss
Link Training
• Enable Impairments for Loopback Training
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 9, “PCIe Receiver
Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 16G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration on page 165.
• 16G Random Jitter Calibration on page 173.
• 16G HF SJ Calibration on page 184.
• 16G Insertion Loss Calibration on page 197.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 275
6 16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

• 16G ISI Adjustment Calibration on page 203.


• 16G CMSI Calibration on page 227.
• 16G DMSI Calibration on page 223.
• 16G Compliance Eye Calibration on page 243.

276 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 6

Result Description (similar to that for 8.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations)

Figure 158 Result for 16.0 GT/s ASIC Rx Jitter Tolerance Test

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 277
6 16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

• Result: “Pass”/“Fail”, if the BER test at a specific frequency is passed,


the value is “Pass” otherwise “Fail”.
• SJ Frequency: The value of SJ frequency applied to the test signal.
• Min Failed Jitter: The first value of SJ amplitude where the DUT didn’t
pass the BER test at a specific frequency.
• Max Passed Jitter: The maximum value of SJ that the DUT can tolerate
at a specific SJ frequency.
• Jitter Capability: The maximum value of jitter that the test setup can
generate at a specific SJ frequency.

278 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 6

Link Equalization Receiver Tests

Common Parameters for Link Equalization Receiver Tests

Power Switch Automation


• Use Power Switch Automation
• Power Switch Channel Number
• Power Cycle Off-On Duration
• Power Cycle Settling Time
• Power Cycle Max. Retries

Common Parameters specific for Data Rates

• Data Rate Deviation


• Capture and Compare Mode
• Pause before Auto-Align
Loopback Training
• Interactive Training Script File
• Default Link Training Lane Number for every Lane
• Suppress Loopback Training Messages
• Use Custom Training Voltage
Interactive Link Training
• Generator Full Swing
• Generator Start Preset
• DUT Initial Preset
• DUT Target Preset
• Generator Start Preset Gen4
• DUT Initial Preset Gen4
• DUT Target Preset Gen4
• Drop Link Method
Error Detector
• User Gen3 EIEOS
• Use CDR
• CDR Loop Bandwidth
• Peaking
• Analyzer Equalization

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 279
6 16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

• Sensitivity
• Polarity
BER Measurement
• Relax Time
All these parameter are described in detail in the section PCIe Parameters
on page 50.

16G LEQ Rx Stressed Jitter Eye Test

Purpose and Method

This test uses the interactive link training feature of the JBERT to let the
DUT negotiate the generator transmitter preset that shall be used.
Once the equalization training is finished and the DUT is in loopback
mode, the test behaves in the same manner as the Rx Stressed Jitter Eye
Test. See 16G Rx Stressed Jitter Eye Test on page 267.

16G LEQ Rx Jitter Tolerance Test

Purpose and Method

This test uses the interactive link training feature of the JBERT to let the
DUT negotiate the generator transmitter preset that shall be used.
Once the equalization training is finished and the DUT is in loopback
mode, the test behaves in the same manner as the Rx Jitter Tolerance
Test. See 16G Rx Jitter Tolerance Test on page 272.

280 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 6

Link Equalization Transmitter Tests

Common Parameters for Link Equalization Transmitter Tests

• Scope connection for Link EQ Tx Tests


• Generator Output Voltage Compensation
• Skip BER Check
Power Switch Automation
• Use Power Switch Automation
• Power Switch Channel Number
• Power Cycle Off-On Duration
• Power Cycle Settling Time
• Power Cycle Max. Retries

Common Parameters specific for Data Rates

Loopback Training
• Link EQ Tx Test Script File
• Generator Start Preset
• Generator Start Preset Gen4
Error Detector
• Use Gen 3 EIOS
• Sensitivity
All these parameter are described in detail in the section PCIe Parameters
on page 50.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 281
6 16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

16G LEQ Tx Initial Preset Compliance Test

Purpose and Method

This test is valid for End Point DUTs (or addInCards or devices) only. It uses
the interactive link training feature of the JBERT.
The JBERT runs the link training, setting several initial equalization
transmitter presets on the DUT and skipping the link equalization phase.
Once the DUT is in loopback, the DUT signal is captured and analyzed to
check whether or not the DUT is using the preset requested by the JBERT.

Connection Diagram

Figure 159 Setup for 16.0GT/s ASIC LEQ Tx Tests M8040A

282 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 6

Figure 160 Setup for 16.0GT/s ASIC LEQ Tx Tests M8020A

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 283
6 16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Result Description (similar to that for 8.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations)

Figure 161 Result for 16.0 GT/s ASIC LEQ Tx Initial Preset Compliance Test

• Result: The measured Pre-Shoot and De-Emphasis must be within the


specification limits.
• DUT Initial Preset: Set by the JBERT.
• Pre-Shoot [dB]: Measured Pre-Shoot on the DUT waveform.
• Min Spec PS [dB]: Pre-Shoot lower specification limit.
• Max Spec PS [dB]: Pre-Shoot upper specification limit.
• De-Emphasis [dB]: Measured De-Emphasis on the DUT waveform.
• Min Spec DE [dB]: De-Emphasis lower specification limit.
• Max Spec DE [dB]: De-Emphasis upper specification limit.
• Comment: A comment can be added to each test step if fails,
explaining the reason.

284 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 6

16G LEQ Tx Response Time Compliance Test

Purpose and Method

This test uses the interactive link training feature of the JBERT to train the
DUT into loopback mode, running the link equalization phase completely.
A certain initial transmitter preset is set to the DUT. A successful link
training raises an event, which is used to capture the waveforms of the
JBERT and the DUT. At that moment, the captured waveform from the
JBERT contains the preset change request and the waveform from the
DUT contains the acknowledgment of that request. Additionally, waveform
from the DUT also contains the physical transition from the initial
transmitter preset to the requested preset.
The captured data is decoded and two time-spans are calculated: one
between the request and the acknowledgment, and other between the
request and the electrical transition.
Finally, once the DUT is in the loopback mode, a similar preset
measurement is performed for the Initial Preset.
The test is divided in two parts. In the first part, the JBERT requests for
transmitter presets. In the second part, the JBERT requests the
pre-cursor, cursor and post-cursor reported by the DUT.
For End Point DUTs (or AddInCards or devices), the initial transmitter
preset is set by the JBERT. For RootComplex DUTs (or Systems or Hosts),
you must manually set the DUT initial transmitter preset.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 285
6 16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Connection Diagram

Figure 162 Setup for 16.0GT/s ASIC LEQ Tx Tests M8040A

286 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 6

Figure 163 Setup for 16.0GT/s ASIC LEQ Tx Tests M8020A

Parameters in Expert Mode

Parameter
• Max Number of Retries: If the acquired data cannot be decoded, the
link training can be repeated to get new data.
• Scope visible range: Waveform range, used at the moment when the
link equalization phase is performed.
Oscilloscope
• Scope Horizontal Range
• Scope Request Vertical Range
• Scope Response Vertical Range

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 287
6 16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Result Description (similar to that for 8.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations)

Figure 164 Result for 16.0 GT/s ASIC LEQ Tx Response Time Compliance

288 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 6

• Result: Max. passed Jitter should be bigger than Min. Specification.


• DUT Target Preset: The transmitter preset that is requested to the DUT
at each step.
• Electrical response time [ns]: The calculated timespan between the
request from the JBERT and the physical preset transition on the DUT
waveform.
• Protocol response time [ns]: The calculated timespan between the
request from the JBERT and the acknowledgment.
• Pre-Shoot [dB]: The measured Pre-Shoot on the DUT waveform.
• Min Spec ps [dB]: The pre-Shoot lower specification limit.
• Max Spec ps [dB]: The pre-Shoot upper specification limit.
• De-Emphasis [dB]: The measured De-Emphasis on the DUT waveform.
• Min Spec DE[dB]: The De-Emphasis lower specification limit.
• Max Spec DE[dB]: The De-Emphasis upper specification limit.
• Comment: A comment can be added to each test step.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 289
6 16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Receiver Setup Tests

Common Parameters for Receiver Setup Tests

• Reference Clock
Power Switch Automation
• Use Power Switch Automation
• Power Switch Channel Number
• Power Cycle Off-On Duration
• Power Cycle Settling Time
• Power Cycle Max. Retries

Common Parameters specific for Data Rates

• Data Rate Deviation

Common Parameters specific for Lanes

• Use Preset
• Generator Preset
• Pre-shoot
• De-Emphasis
All these parameter are described in detail in the section PCIe Parameters
on page 50.

290 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 6

16G Rx Stressed Jitter Eye Setup

Purpose and Method

The purpose of this procedure is to configure the data generator with the
parameters that are required in the Stressed Jitter Eye Rx. The set
parameters are the differential amplitude, random jitter, common mode
sinusoidal interference jitter and differential mode sinusoidal interference.
Figure 165 and Figure 166 show the connection diagram for ASIC
endpoints for M8040A and M8020A, respectively.

Figure 165 Setup for 16.0GT/s ASIC Receiver Setup Tests M8040A

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 291
6 16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Figure 166 Setup for 16.0GT/s ASIC Receiver Setup Tests M8020A

Parameters in Expert Mode

Parameter
• Force retraining on each frequency
Impairments
• Residual SSC
• Random Jitter: The amount of RJ added to the signal that, in
combination with the DMSI, generates an eye with the desired eye
width.
• 2nd Tone Sinusoidal Jitter: The amount of SJ added to the signal. It
cannot be changed; it is fixed to the value used in the Compliance Eye
Calibration. To change the value, it is necessary to repeat that
calibration.
• Common Mode Sinusoidal Interference
• Differential Mode Sinusoidal Interference: The amount of DMSI added
to the signal that, in combination with the RJ, creates an eye with the
desired eye width.

292 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 6

• Generator Launch Voltage: The Launch Voltage added to the signal. It


cannot be changed; it is fixed to the value used in the Compliance Eye
Calibration.
• Common Mode Sinusoidal Interference
Channel
• Trace Number
• ISI from M8020A
• Total Channel Loss
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 9, “PCIe Receiver
Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 16G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration on page 165.
• 16G Random Jitter Calibration on page 173.
• 16G Insertion Loss Calibration on page 197.
• 16G CMSI Calibration on page 227.
• 16G DMSI Calibration on page 223.
• 16G Compliance Eye Calibration on page 243.

Result Description
• None

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 293
6 16.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

294 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software
Platform
User Guide

7 32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests


Overview / 296
32.0 GT/s ASIC Calibrations / 297
Receiver Tests / 369
Link Equalization Receiver Tests / 387
Receiver Setup Tests / 388
7 32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Overview

Before any receiver test procedure can be run, the PCIe receiver test
system must be calibrated.
The ValiFrame calibration plane is given by the DUT input ports. The
receiver test signal characteristics such as the PCIe signal generator
output voltage level and jitter parameters are typically affected by the
signal transmission between the generator output ports and the DUT input
ports. Thus, for any signal output parameter that you select (set value), the
jitter and the signal received at the DUT input ports (actual value) deviate
from the set value. Additional deviations can be caused by effects such as
offset errors, hysteresis, and nonlinear behavior of the signal generator.
The ValiFrame calibration procedures compensate for the deviations of the
relevant signal output parameter actual values from the set values over the
required parameter range.
All calibration procedures required for PCIe receiver testing are included in
the ValiFrame software. The ValiFrame calibration procedures are
implemented such that the calibration process is conducted as fast as
possible and is automated as much as possible, for example, by minimizing
the number of re-configuration of the hardware connections.

Common Parameters for 32.0 GT/s ASIC Calibrations

• Gen 5 ASIC Eye Calibration Method: Read-only parameter that shows


the software method used for the jitter measurements. This parameter
can be changed in the “PCIe Parameters” dialog.
• Scope Connection for Calibration: Select the scope connection as
‘Direct Connect’ or ‘RealEdge’.
For the description of each parameter, refer to Table 6, “PCIe Common
Calibration Parameters”.

296 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 7

32.0 GT/s ASIC Calibrations

32G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration

Purpose and Method

This procedure calibrates the De-Emphasis, Pre-shoot and DC amplitude


at TP1.
The pattern generator sends an equalization pattern to the oscilloscope
and performs a sweep of the whole equalization range.
First, the pre-cursor is set to the initial value (-0.28dB). For this set value,
the post cursor is swept from -0.28 to 0.02dB with linear steps of 0.02dB.
At each post-cursor value, the de-emphasis, pre-shoot and differential
voltage are measured with the oscilloscope. Then, the pre-cursor is
increased with a step size of 0.02dB and the process is repeated until
0.02dB is attained. The Launch Voltage is always fixed to 800mV.

The procedure explained above is specific for the M8040A data


NOTE generator setup. For the M8020A setup, the procedure is very similar but
the sweep is not performed over the pre-cursor and post-cursor values.
In this case, the sweep is performed directly for the de-emphasis (from
-6dB to 2dB) and pre-shoot (from 6dB to -1dB).
As result, three calibration data tables are generated. Then, in further
procedures, these calibrations are used to set equalization values that
provide the desired de-emphasis, pre-shoot and voltage in the test point.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 297
7 32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Figure 167 and Figure 168 show the connection diagrams for calibrations
at TP1.

Figure 167 Setup for 32GT/s ASIC Calibrations at TP1, M8040A

Figure 168 Setup for 32GT/s ASIC Calibrations at TP1, M8020A

298 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 7

Parameters in Expert Mode

Generator
• Set Amplitude
Oscilloscope
• Scope Bandwidth
• Number of Waveform Averages
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 8, “PCIe Calibration
Parameters”.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 299
7 32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Result Description (similar to that for 8.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations)

Figure 169 Result for 32GT/s TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration (Pre-shoot)

300 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 7

• Set Random Jitter: The jitter amplitude set in the instrument.


• C+1 (x dB): The Pre-shoot measured for the combination of post-cursor
(x dB) and pre-cursor values set on the data generator.

Figure 170 Result for 32 GT/s TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration (De-Emphasis)

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 301
7 32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

• Set Post-Cursor: The post-cursor value set in the data generator.


• C-1 (x dB): The De-Emphasis measured for the combination of
post-cursor and pre-cursor values set on the data generator.

Figure 171 Result for 32GT/s TxEQ and Launch Voltage Cal (Launch Voltage)

302 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 7

• Set Post-Cursor: The post-cursor value set in the data generator.


• C-1 (x dB): The Differential voltage amplitude measured for the
combination of post-cursor and pre-cursor values set on the data
generator.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 303
7 32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

32G Random Jitter Calibration

Purpose and Method

While performing Rx tests, the input signal is stressed with a combination


of jitter sources to simulate the possible impairments that are expected at
the Rx input when operating in a target system. Random jitter is added to
simulate the effects of thermal noise. Due to system intrinsic jitter, the
effective jitter level is different from the value set in the data generator;
therefore, jitter amplitude is calibrated.
The test automation starts with a small RJ amplitude and increases that
value with several steps over a defined range. For each step, the procedure
measures the actual random jitter.
The generator sends a clock pattern during this calibration procedure.
The measurement is done using a real-time oscilloscope
RJ/DJ-separation software EZJIT or the SigTest Application.
The calibration data is stored in a Cal-table. This calibration table is used
during measurements to calculate the RJ amplitude that must be set on
the generator to get the expected RJ amplitude at the test point.
Figure 172 and Figure 173 show the connection diagrams for calibrations
at TP1.

Figure 172 Setup for 32GT/s ASIC Calibrations at TP1, M8040A

304 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 7

Figure 173 Setup for 32GT/s ASIC Calibrations at TP1, M8020A

Parameters in Expert Mode

Generator
• Pre-shoot
• De-Emphasis
• Generator Voltage
Oscilloscope
• Scope Bandwidth
• Number of Averages
• Number of UIs
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 8, “PCIe Calibration
Parameters”.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 305
7 32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Result Description (similar to that for 8.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations)

Figure 174 Result for 32GT/s ASIC Random Jitter Calibration

306 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 7

• Set Random Jitter: The jitter amplitude set in the instrument.


• Measured Random Jitter: The measured jitter amplitude.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 307
7 32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

32G HF Sinusoidal Jitter Calibration

Purpose and Method

This procedure calibrates the sinusoidal jitter amplitude for a set of high
frequencies (5MHz, 10MHz and 100MHz).
The test automation starts with small SJ amplitude and increases that
value with several steps over a defined range. For each step, the procedure
measures the actual sinusoidal jitter for all the frequencies. The
measurement is done using a real-time oscilloscope RJ/DJ-separation
software EZJIT or the SigTest Application.
The calibration data is stored in a Cal-table. This calibration table is used
during measurements to adjust the SJ amplitude to the desired output SJ
amplitudes.
Figure 175 and Figure 176 show the connection diagrams for calibrations
at TP1.

Figure 175 Setup for 32GT/s ASIC Calibrations at TP1, M8040A

308 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 7

Figure 176 Setup for 32GT/s ASIC Calibrations at TP1, M8020A

Parameters in Expert Mode


• Verification Mode
• TP1 Voltage
Oscilloscope
• Scope Bandwidth
• Number of Averages
• Number of UIs
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 8, “PCIe Calibration
Parameters”.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 309
7 32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Result Description (similar to that for 16.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations)

Figure 177 Result for 32GT/s ASIC HF SJ Calibration

310 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 7

• Set SJ: The SJ jitter amplitude set in the instrument.


• SJ (x frequency): The measured sinusoidal jitter amplitude for the set SJ
amplitude and frequency.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 311
7 32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

32G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Measurement

Purpose and Method

This procedure sets the calibrated Differential Voltage, Pre-Shoot and


De-Emphasis values at TP1 and re-measure them. The measurement can
be repeated as many times as a new impairment combination is selected.
The procedure is useful to check if the TxEQ and Launch Voltage
Calibration is correct and the desired values at TP1 can be achieved.
It is only available in “Expert Mode” when the “Include Advanced
Measurement” option is selected. To set this option, refer to PCIe
Parameters on page 50.
Figure 178 and Figure 179 show the connection diagrams for calibrations
at TP1.

Figure 178 Setup for 32GT/s ASIC Calibrations at TP1, M8040A

312 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 7

Figure 179 Setup for 32GT/s ASIC Calibrations at TP1, M8020A

Parameters in Expert Mode


• Number of Waveform Averages
• TP1 Voltage
• Scope Bandwidth
• Number of Averages
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 8, “PCIe Calibration
Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 32G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration on page 297.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 313
7 32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Result Description (similar to that for 16.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations)

Figure 180 Result for 32GT/s ASIC Tx EQ and Launch Voltage Measurement

• Pre-Shoot [dB]: The pre-shoot value set at the signal generator.


• De-Emphasis [dB]: The de-emphasis value set at the signal generator.
• Generator Voltage [mV]: The generator voltage value set at the signal
generator.
• Measured Pre-Shoot [dB]: The pre-shoot measured with the scope.
• Measured De-Emphasis [dB]: The de-emphasis measured with the
scope.
• Measured Differential Voltage [dB]: The generator measured with the
scope.

314 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 7

32G Insertion Loss Calibration

Purpose and Method

The Insertion Loss (IL) of the calibration channels + the replica channel
must be in a well-defined range. This procedure calibrates the insertion
loss for different hardware traces.
By default, the “Measurement Method” parameter is set to 'VNA (manual)'.
The procedure does not perform any measurement. At the beginning of
the calibration, it is necessary to specify the variable ISI pair numbers that
generate a channel loss of -35dB, -36dB and -37dB, respectively. In this
case, the var. ISI pair number for the certain channels must be determined
manually by a VNA. The package loss must be added to VNA IL value. With
these values, the procedure calculates for every ISI trace the insertion loss
from 1GHz to 16GHz with steps of 100MHz. This is the default and the
recommended method.
The calibration data is stored in a Cal-table. This calibration table is used
to evaluate the optimum ISI trace for the Rx tests.
No connections are needed for this calibration.

Parameters in Expert Mode


• Measurement Method
• Trace Loss Increment
• Save Calibration Data
Oscilloscope
• Scope Bandwidth
• Number of Averages
• Number of Waveform Averages
Variable ISI pairs
• Var. ISI Trace -34dB Channel
• Var. ISI Trace -36dB Channel
• Var. ISI Trace -37dB Channel

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 32G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration on page 297.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 315
7 32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Result Description (similar to that for 16.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations)

Figure 181 Result for 32GT/s ASIC Insertion Loss Calibration

316 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 7

• Frequency [GHz]: The frequency where the insertion loss is measured.


• Insertion Loss (Trace X) [dB]: Insertion Loss measured at each
frequency when trace X is selected.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 317
7 32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

32G Initial Equalization Preset Optimization

Purpose and Method

This procedure measures the Eye-Height and Eye-Width for each Tx


equalization preset. When the “Start with minimum loss channel” option is
not selected in the “Configure DUT” dialog, the measurement is performed
with a channel loss of -37dB. When the “Start with minimum loss channel”
option is selected, the measurement is performed with a channel loss of
-34dB.
Depending on the Eye Cal Method selected, the eye measurement is
performed either with Seasim or with SigTest software.
With Seasim, a step is applied at the input of the calibration channel and
the step response is captured at the output of the replica channel. The
oscilloscope averages the step response, which minimizes noise. With the
step response, the complete electrical behavior of the channel is defined.
With this data, a statistical eye can be calculated. The different
impairments are simulated by Seasim.
With SigTest, a compliance pattern is applied and the different
impairments like random jitter, sinusoidal jitter and differential and
common mode sinusoidal inference are added to the signal.
The calibration data is stored in a Cal-table. This calibration data is used in
the Channel calibration to set the preset that gets the largest eye.
Figure 182 and Figure 183 show the connection diagrams for the long
channel calibrations. The hardware trace is set to either the one that gives
the maximum loss channel (if “Start with minimum loss channel” is
unchecked) or the one that gives the minimum loss channel (if “Start with
minimum loss channel” option is checked).

318 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 7

Figure 182 Setup for 32GT/s ASIC Calibrations Long Channel M8040A

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 319
7 32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Figure 183 Setup for 32GT/s ASIC Calibrations Long Channel M8020A

Parameters in Expert Mode


• Equalization Preset Range
• Generator Launch Voltage
• DMSI
• CMSI
• Random Jitter
• Sinusoidal Jitter
• Sinusoidal Jitter Frequency
• Scope Bandwidth
• Number of Averages
• Number of Waveforms
• Capture Mode
• Trace Number
• Total Channel Loss

320 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 7

• Optimize CTLE
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 8, “PCIe Calibration
Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 32G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration on page 297.
• 32G Random Jitter Calibration on page 304.
• 32G HF Sinusoidal Jitter Calibration on page 308.
• 32G Insertion Loss Calibration on page 315.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 321
7 32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Result Description (similar to that for 16.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations)

Figure 184 Result for 32GT/s ASIC Initial Eq. Preset Optimization (Eye height)

322 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 7

• Set Equalization Preset: The equalization preset selected.


• Measured Eye Height [mV]: The measured Eye-Height for each preset.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 323
7 32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Figure 185 Result for 32GT/s ASIC Initial Eq. Preset Optimization (Eye width)

324 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 7

• Set Equalization Preset: The equalization preset selected.


• Measured Eye Width [mV]: The measured Eye-Width for each preset.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 325
7 32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

32G Channel Calibration

Purpose and Method

This procedure searches for the calibration channel loss that gets an eye
closest to the target.
When the “Start with Minimum Loss Channel” option is not selected in the
“Configure DUT” dialog, the hardware trace is set to achieve -37dB at
16GHz and the Tx EQ preset to the value that gets the largest eye. Then, at
each step, the channel loss is decreased by 0.5dB and the eye measured
until the eye width and the eye height exceed the target, or until the
insertion loss at 16GHz reaches the minimum of -37dB.
When the “Start with Minimum Loss Channel” option is selected, the
hardware trace is set to achieve -34dB at 16GHz and the Tx EQ preset to
the value that gets the largest eye. Then, at each step, the channel loss is
increased and the eye measured until either the eye width or the eye
height have fallen below the target, or until the insertion loss at 16GHz
reaches the -34dB.
If the “Emulated ISI option” is selected, the channel loss is increased by
changing the internal M8020A ISI traces. If not, the procedure increases
the hardware ISI trace number.
The calibration data is stored in a Cal-table. This calibration data is used to
evaluate the optimum ISI trace for the Rx tests.
Figure 186 and Figure 187 show the connection diagrams for the long
channel calibrations. The hardware trace is set to either the one that gives
the maximum loss channel (if “Start with minimum loss channel” is
unchecked) or the one that gives the minimum loss channel (if “Start with
minimum loss channel” option is checked). Note that for each step, you
are required to change the hardware trace until the optimum channel is
found.

326 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 7

Figure 186 Setup for 32GT/s ASIC Calibrations Long Channel M8040A

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 327
7 32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Figure 187 Setup for 32GT/s ASIC Calibrations Long Channel M8020A

Parameters in Expert Mode


• Equalization Preset Range
• Generator Launch Voltage
• DMSI
• CMSI
• Random Jitter
• Sinusoidal Jitter
• Sinusoidal Jitter Frequency
• Scope Bandwidth
• Number of Averages
• Number of Waveforms
• Capture Mode
• Trace Number
• Total Channel Loss
• Optimize CTLE

328 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 7

For description of the parameters, refer to Table 8, “PCIe Calibration


Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 32G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration on page 297.
• 32G Random Jitter Calibration on page 304.
• 32G HF Sinusoidal Jitter Calibration on page 308.
• 32G Insertion Loss Calibration on page 315.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 329
7 32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Result Description (similar to that for 16.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations)

Figure 188 Result for 32GT/s ASIC Channel Calibration (Eye height)

330 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 7

• Set Trace Number: The tested trace number.


• Measured Eye Height: The measured Eye Height value for each trace
number.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 331
7 32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Figure 189 Result for 32GT/s ASIC Channel Calibration (Eye width)

332 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 7

• Set Trace Number: The tested trace number.


• Measured Eye Width: The measured Eye Width value for each trace
number.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 333
7 32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

32G AWG Amplitude Correction Calibration

Purpose and Method

This procedure calibrates the correction factor of the AWG.


The test automation measures the amplitude of each channel at TP2 with
the oscilloscope when the AWG corrector factor is set to 1. With the
measured values, the new correction factor is calculated.
Figure 190 and Figure 191 show the connection diagrams for the long
channel calibrations. The hardware trace is set to the optimal number
based on Channel Calibration.

Figure 190 Setup for 32GT/s ASIC Calibrations Long Channel M8040A

334 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 7

Figure 191 Setup for 32GT/s ASIC Calibrations Long Channel M8020A

Parameters in Expert Mode


• Scope Bandwidth
• Number of Averages
• Number of Waveforms
• Trace Number
• Total Channel Loss
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 8, “PCIe Calibration
Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 32G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration on page 297.
• 32G Insertion Loss Calibration on page 315.
• 32G Channel Calibration on page 326.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 335
7 32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Result Description

Figure 192 Result for 32GT/s ASIC AWG Amplitude Correction Calibrations

• Amplitude Correction Factor: The corrector factor that must be applied


to the data channels of the AWG.

336 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 7

32G DM Sinusoidal Interference Calibration

Purpose and Method

The Differential Mode Sinusoidal Interference (DMSI) is generated


internally with the data generator. The resulting amplitude at the input of
the Rx is attenuated and must be calibrated.
The test automation starts with a small DMSI amplitude and increases that
value with several steps over a defined range.
For each step, the procedure measures the actual DMSI with a real-time
oscilloscope.
The calibration data is stored in a Cal-table. When measurements are
performed, this calibration table is used to adjust the DMSI amplitude to
the desired value in the Rx input.
Figure 193 and Figure 194 show the connection diagrams for the long
channel calibrations. The hardware trace is set to the optimal number
based on Channel Calibration.

Figure 193 Setup for 32GT/s ASIC Calibrations Long Channel M8040A

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 337
7 32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Figure 194 Setup for 32GT/s ASIC Calibrations Long Channel M8020A

Parameters in Expert Mode


• Verification Mode
Oscilloscope
• Scope Bandwidth
• Number of Waveform Averages
Channel
• Trace Number
• Total Channel Loss
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 8, “PCIe Calibration
Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 32G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration on page 297.
• 32G Insertion Loss Calibration on page 315.

338 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 7

• 32G Channel Calibration on page 326.


• 32G AWG Amplitude Correction Calibration on page 334.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 339
7 32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Result Description (similar to that for 8.0GT/s and 16.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations)

Figure 195 Result for 32GT/s ASIC DMSI Calibration

340 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 7

• Set DM Interference: The amount of DMSI set in the data generator.


• Measured DMSI Amplitude: The actual DMSI measured with the
oscilloscope.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 341
7 32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

32G CM Sinusoidal Interference Calibration

Purpose and Method

The Common Mode Sinusoidal Interference (CMSI) is generated internally


with the data generator. The resulting amplitude at the input of the Rx is
attenuated and must be calibrated.
The test automation starts with a small CMSI amplitude and increases that
value with several steps over a defined range. The minimum amplitude is
0mV and the maximum amplitude is the maximum value that the data
generator can generate. For each step, the procedure measures the actual
CMSI with a real-time oscilloscope.
The calibration data is stored in a Cal-table. When measurements are
performed, these calibration tables are used to adjust the voltage
amplitude to the desired output CMSI.
Figure 196 and Figure 197 show the connection diagrams for the long
channel calibrations. The hardware trace is set to the optimal number
based on Channel Calibration.

Figure 196 Setup for 32GT/s ASIC Calibrations Long Channel M8040A

342 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 7

Figure 197 Setup for 32GT/s ASIC Calibrations Long Channel M8020A

Parameters in Expert Mode


• Verification Mode
Oscilloscope
• Scope Bandwidth
• Number of Waveform Averages
Channel
• Trace Number
• Total Channel Loss
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 8, “PCIe Calibration
Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 32G Insertion Loss Calibration on page 315.
• 32G Channel Calibration on page 326.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 343
7 32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

• 32G AWG Amplitude Correction Calibration on page 334.

344 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 7

Result Description (similar to that for 8.0GT/s and 16.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations)

Figure 198 Result for 32GT/s ASIC CMSI Calibration

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 345
7 32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

• Set CMSI: The amount of CMSI set in the data generator.


• Measured CMSI: The actual CMSI measured with the oscilloscope.

346 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 7

32G Final Equalization Preset Optimization

Purpose and Method

This procedure measures the Eye-Height and Eye-Width for each Tx


equalization preset when the channel loss has been adjusted to the
optimum value. Depending on the ‘Eye Cal Method’ selected, the eye
measurement is performed with Seasim or SigTest software.
Then, in further procedures, this calibration is used to set the preset that
helps in obtaining the largest eye.
Figure 199 and Figure 200 show the connection diagrams for the long
channel calibrations. The hardware trace is set to the optimal number
based on Channel Calibration.

Figure 199 Setup for 32GT/s ASIC Calibrations Long Channel M8040A

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 347
7 32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Figure 200 Setup for 32GT/s ASIC Calibrations Long Channel M8020A

Parameters in Expert Mode


• Use Cal data from 32G Initial Equalization Preset Optimization
• Equalization Preset
Generator
• Generator Launch Voltage
• DMSI
• CMSI
• Random Jitter
• Sinusoidal Jitter
• Sinusoidal Jitter Frequency
Oscilloscope
• Scope Bandwidth
• Number of Averages
• Number of Waveform Averages

348 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 7

Capture
• Capture Mode
Channel
• Trace Number
• Total Channel Loss
Seasim
• Optimize CTLE
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 8, “PCIe Calibration
Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 32G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Measurement on page 312.
• 32G Random Jitter Calibration on page 304.
• 32G HF Sinusoidal Jitter Calibration on page 308.
• 32G Insertion Loss Calibration on page 315.
• 32G Channel Calibration on page 326.
• 32G AWG Amplitude Correction Calibration on page 334.
• 32G DM Sinusoidal Interference Calibration on page 337.
• 32G CM Sinusoidal Interference Calibration on page 342.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 349
7 32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Result Description (similar to that for 16.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations)

Figure 201 Result for 32GT/s ASIC Final Equalization Preset (Eye height)

350 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 7

• Set Equalization Preset: The set equalization preset value in the


instrument.
• Measured Eye Height: The measured Eye Height value for each step.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 351
7 32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Figure 202 Result for 32GT/s ASIC Final Equalization Preset (Eye width)

352 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 7

• Set Equalization Preset: The set equalization preset value in the


instrument.
• Measured Eye Width: The measured Eye Width value for each step.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 353
7 32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

32G Pre-Compliance Eye Calibration

Purpose and Method

This procedure measures the effects on the Eye-Height and Eye-Width


caused by changes made to each impairment (SJ, DMSI and Launch
Voltage) individually.
The calibration measures the eye in four situations:
1 all the impairments are set to the nominal values;
2 the DMSI is set to the maximum value allowed by the specifications;
3 the SJ is set to the maximum specification amplitude;
4 the differential voltage is set to the minimum spec level.
At each step, the eye is measured either with the Seasim or with the
SigTest software.
The calibration data is stored in a Cal-table. This Calibration data is used in
the Compliance Eye Calibration to calculate DMSI, SJ and Vdiff
adjustment to meet the target eye.
Figure 203 and Figure 204 show the connection diagrams for the long
channel calibrations. The hardware trace is set to the optimal number
based on Channel Calibration.

354 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 7

Figure 203 Setup for 32GT/s ASIC Calibrations Long Channel M8040A

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 355
7 32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Figure 204 Setup for 32GT/s ASIC Calibrations Long Channel M8020A

Parameters in Expert Mode

Generator
• Pre-shoot
• De-Emphasis
• CMSI
• Random Jitter
Oscilloscope
• Scope Bandwidth
• Number of Averages
• Number of Waveforms
Capture
• Capture Mode
Channel
• Trace Number

356 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 7

• Total Channel Loss


Seasim
• Optimize CTLE
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 8, “PCIe Calibration
Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 32G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Measurement on page 312.
• 32G Random Jitter Calibration on page 304.
• 32G HF Sinusoidal Jitter Calibration on page 308.
• 32G Insertion Loss Calibration on page 315.
• 32G DM Sinusoidal Interference Calibration on page 337.
• 32G CM Sinusoidal Interference Calibration on page 342.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 357
7 32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Result Description (similar to that for 16.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations)

Figure 205 Result for 32GT/s ASIC Pre-Compliance Eye Calibration

• DMSI: The amount of DMSI set using the calibrations.


• SJ: The amount of SJ set using the calibrations.
• Vdiff: The amount of differential voltage set using the calibrations.
• Eye Height: The measured eye height.
• Eye Width: The measured eye width.

358 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 7

32G Compliance Eye Calibration

Purpose and Method

This calibration searches for the optimum combination of DMSI, SJ and


Launch Voltage values to generate an eye with the closest possible
Compliance Eye-Height and Eye-Width.
In the first step, the eye is measured when the impairments are set to the
nominal values. Then, a search algorithm is used to re-calculate the
optimum amount of SJ, DMSI and Vdiff. This process is repeated until the
eye is in the middle of the specifications or until the “Max number of
Search Steps” is reached.
If the automatic search does not find a suitable combination of
impairments that generates an eye within the specifications (EH between
13.5 and 16.5mV and EW between 9.35 and 9.4ps), it is possible to
perform a manual search by manually setting the SJ, DMSI and Vdiff
values.
Figure 206 and Figure 207 show the connection diagrams for the long
channel calibrations. The hardware trace is set to the optimal number
based on Channel Calibration.

Figure 206 Setup for 32GT/s ASIC Calibrations Long Channel M8040A

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 359
7 32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Figure 207 Setup for 32GT/s ASIC Calibrations Long Channel M8020A

Parameters in Expert Mode


• Verification Mode
• Max Number of Search: Maximum number of times that the optimal eye
is searched automatically.
• Use nominal EH/EW results from Pre-Compliance Cal: If set to 'True',
the measurement in the first step is skipped and the eye result is
directly copied from the 32G Pre-Compliance Eye Calibration.
Generator
• Pre-shoot
• De-Emphasis
• Sinusoidal Jitter Frequency
• CMSI
• Random Jitter
Oscilloscope
• Scope Bandwidth

360 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 7

• Number of Averages
• Number of Waveform Averages
Capture
• Capture Mode
Channel
• Trace Number
• Total Channel Loss
Seasim
• Optimize CTLE
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 8, “PCIe Calibration
Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 32G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Measurement on page 312.
• 32G Random Jitter Calibration on page 304.
• 32G HF Sinusoidal Jitter Calibration on page 308.
• 32G Insertion Loss Calibration on page 315.
• 32G Channel Calibration on page 326.
• 32G DM Sinusoidal Interference Calibration on page 337.
• 32G CM Sinusoidal Interference Calibration on page 342.
• 32G Pre-Compliance Eye Calibration on page 354.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 361
7 32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Result Description (similar to that for 16.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations)

Figure 208 Result for 32GT/s ASIC Compliance Eye Calibration

• DMSI: The amount of DMSI set using the calibrations.


• SJ: The amount of SJ set using the calibrations.
• Vdiff: The amount of differential voltage set using the calibrations.
• Eye Height: The measured eye height.
• Eye Width: The measured eye width.

362 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 7

32G Eye-Height and Width Measurement

Purpose and Method

This procedure measures the Eye-Height and Eye-Width for the selected
signal impairments.
The Differential Voltage, Pre-Shoot, De-Emphasis, DMSI, Random and
Sinusoidal jitter values can be defined. The eye is measured each time a
new impairment combination is selected.
This measurement is available only in ‘Expert Mode’ when the “Include
Advanced Measurement” option is selected. To set this option, refer to
PCIe Parameters on page 50.
Figure 209 and Figure 210 show the connection diagrams for the long
channel calibrations. The hardware trace is set to the optimal number
based on Channel Calibration.

Figure 209 Setup for 32GT/s ASIC Calibrations Long Channel M8040A

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 363
7 32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Figure 210 Setup for 32GT/s ASIC Calibrations Long Channel M8020A

Parameters in Expert Mode

Generator
• Pre-shoot
• De-Emphasis
• Differential Voltage
• DMSI
• Random Jitter
• Sinusoidal Jitter
Oscilloscope
• Scope Bandwidth
• Number of Averages
• Number of Waveform Averages
• CTLE
Capture

364 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 7

• Capture Mode
Channel
• Total Channel Loss
Seasim
• Optimize CTLE
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 8, “PCIe Calibration
Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 32G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Measurement on page 312.
• 32G Random Jitter Calibration on page 304.
• 32G HF Sinusoidal Jitter Calibration on page 308.
• 32G Insertion Loss Calibration on page 315.
• 32G Channel Calibration on page 326.
• 32G DM Sinusoidal Interference Calibration on page 337.
• 32G CM Sinusoidal Interference Calibration on page 342.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 365
7 32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

32G Eye-Height and Width Scan

Purpose and Method

This procedure measures the Eye-Height and Eye-Width for a scan of one
or more impairments.
The “Loop levels” property determines the number of impairments to scan.
For each loop, it is necessary to specify the impairment type and define the
range to scan. Then, the test automation combines the defined loops and
the eye is measured at each step.
This measurement is available only in ‘Expert Mode’ when the “Include
Advanced Measurement” option is selected. To set this option, refer to
PCIe Parameters on page 50.
Figure 211 and Figure 212 show the connection diagrams for the long
channel calibrations. The hardware trace is set to the optimal number
based on Channel Calibration.

Figure 211 Setup for 32GT/s ASIC Calibrations Long Channel M8040A

366 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 7

Figure 212 Setup for 32GT/s ASIC Calibrations Long Channel M8020A

Parameters in Expert Mode


• Loop Levels: The number of impairments to scan.
• Equalization Mode: If it is set to ‘Presets’, you may choose the
equalization presets to scan. If it is set to ‘Custom Values’, you may
choose the Pre-Shoot and De-Emphasis values to scan.
Loop
• Scan Parameter: The impairment that must be scanned. It can be
selected as:
• Equalization Preset
• Generator Launch Voltage
• Differential Mode Sinusoidal Interference
• Common Mode Sinusoidal Interference
• Random Jitter
• Sinusoidal Jitter
• Sinusoidal Jitter Frequency

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 367
7 32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

• CTLE
• ISI
• <Parameter> Start Value: The start value for the scan of the selected
impairment.
• <Parameter> Stop Value: The stop value for the scan of the selected
impairment.
• <Parameter> Scale Type: The scale type of the scan.
• <Parameter> Number of Steps: The number of steps for the scan of the
selected impairment.
Fixed Parameters:
• <Parameter>: For all the parameters that are not scanned, set the fixed
value used in all the steps.
Oscilloscope
• Scope Bandwidth
• Number of Averages
• Number of Waveforms
• Capture Mode
• Optimize CTLE
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 8, “PCIe Calibration
Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 32G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Measurement on page 312.
• 32G Random Jitter Calibration on page 304.
• 32G HF Sinusoidal Jitter Calibration on page 308.
• 32G Insertion Loss Calibration on page 315.
• 32G DM Sinusoidal Interference Calibration on page 337.
• 32G CM Sinusoidal Interference Calibration on page 342.

368 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 7

Receiver Tests

The basic principles underlying all PCIe receiver tests are:


• Train the DUT into Loopback Mode
• Send the training pattern with defined stress characteristics
• Use the error detector to verify that the DUT loops back the correct
pattern without errors
Most of the Rx tests constantly change the signal stress to collect more
data and re-initialize the loopback mode if the DUT terminates from it. If
calibration data is available, the data confirms that the signal stress is at
the specified level and test point. If calibration data is missing, a warning
message pops up. If you ignore the warning messages explicitly, you can
run tests without the calibration data.

You do not require a real-time oscilloscope to perform Receiver Tests.


NOTE

Common Parameters for Receiver Tests

• Reference Clock
Power Switch Automation
• Use Power Switch Automation
• Power Switch Channel Number
• Power Cycle Off-On Duration
• Power Cycle Settling Time
• Power Cycle Max. Retries

Common Parameters specific for Data Rates

• Sensitivity
Loopback Training
• Link Training Mode
• Link Training Suite Settings File
• Default Link Training Lane Number for every Lane
• Suppress Loopback Training Messages
• User Custom Training Voltage

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 369
7 32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Error Detector
• Use CDR
• CDR Loop Bandwidth
• Analyzer Equalization
• Polarity
BER Measurement
• Relax Time
All these parameter are described in detail in the sectionPCIe Parameters
on page 50.

370 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 7

32G Rx EQ Coefficient Matrix Scan

Purpose and Method

This procedure measures the BER with a combination of coefficients C+1


(Pre-cursor) and C-1 (Post-cursor) to create a co-efficient matrix with the
BER results. At each step, the BER value is measured for different values of
C+1 coefficient while the C-1 coefficient value is kept constant. The
resulting values are mapped on to a triangular matrix, where each element
contains four entries (measured BER, pre-shoot, de-emphasis, and boost).
Elements on a diagonal line from bottom left to top right have the same
maximum boost value. The elements of the matrix are displayed in
different colors depending on the measured BER value. If the element
appears in green color, the entry values are valid and they can be used for
testing. As the color changes to red, such values are invalid for testing.
If the parameter “Allow user to enter optimum equalization” for remaining
tests is set to ‘True’, a window appears where you can select the values of
pre-shoot and de-emphasis from the resulting graph.
Figure 213 and Figure 214 show the connection diagram for ASIC
endpoints for M8040A and M8020A, respectively. The hardware trace is
set to the optimal number based on Channel Calibration. Note that the
setup can differ depending on the clock architecture and external
reference clock selections.
For ASIC RootComplex DUTs, the setup differs in the reference clock
connection.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 371
7 32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Figure 213 Setup for 32GT/s ASIC Receiver Tests M8040A

372 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 7

Figure 214 Setup for 32GT/s ASIC Receiver Tests M8020A

Parameters in Expert Mode

Loopback Training
• Force Retraining at each BER measurement
• Pre-shoot used for LB Training
• De-Emphasis used for LB Training
Coefficient Variation
• Coefficient Divider
• Maximum Boost
• Start Pre-Shoot
• Start De-Emphasis
BER Measurement
• BER Mode
• BER Measurement Duration
• Allowed Bit Error

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 373
7 32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

• Target BER
• Confidence Level
Equalization for remaining Rx tests
• Allow user to enter optimum equalization for remaining Rx tests
Generator
• Pre-shoot
• De-Emphasis
• Differential Voltage
• Common Mode Interference
• Random Jitter
• Sinusoidal Jitter
• Sinusoidal Jitter Frequency
• 2nd Tone Sinusoidal Jitter
• 2nd Tone Sinusoidal Jitter Frequency
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 9, “PCIe Receiver
Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 32G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration on page 297.
• 32G Random Jitter Calibration on page 304.
• 32G HF Sinusoidal Jitter Calibration on page 308.
• 32G Insertion Loss Calibration on page 315.
• 32G Channel Calibration on page 326.
• 32G AWG Amplitude Correction Calibration on page 334.
• 32G DM Sinusoidal Interference Calibration on page 337.
• 32G CM Sinusoidal Interference Calibration on page 342.
• 32G Compliance Eye Calibration on page 359.

374 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 7

Result Description (similar to that for 8.0GT/s and 16.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations)

Figure 215 Result for 32GT/s ASIC Rx EQ Coefficient Matrix Scan

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 375
7 32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

• C-1/C+1: Result of the BER measurement for the specific combination


of the coefficient matrix.

376 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 7

32G Rx Pre-Compliance Test

Purpose and Method

This test verifies that the DUT properly functions in presence of the
compliance eye defined in the specification.
The target eye height and eye width are generated by adding the optimum
combination of Differential Mode Sinusoidal Interference, Sinusoidal Jitter
and Launch Voltage. Random Jitter and Common Mode Sinusoidal
interference are fixed to the nominal values. Then, the BER test is
performed for different frequencies and amplitudes of the sinusoidal jitter.
Figure 216 and Figure 217 show the connection diagram for ASIC
endpoints for M8040A and M8020A, respectively.

Figure 216 Setup for 32GT/s ASIC Receiver Tests M8040A

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 377
7 32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Figure 217 Setup for 32GT/s ASIC Receiver Tests M8020A

Parameters in Expert Mode

BER Measurement
• BER Mode
• BER Measurement Duration
• Allowed Bit Error
• Target BER
• Confidence Level
Generator
• Pre-shoot
• De-Emphasis
• Differential Voltage: The differential voltage amplitude set to the signal.
By default, it is set to the value that gets the desired eye.
• Common Mode Interference: The amount of CMSI added to the signal.
By default, it is set to the nominal value (150mV).

378 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 7

• Differential Mode Interference: The amount of DMSI added to the


signal. By default, it is set to the value that gets the desired eye.
• Random Jitter: The amount of RJ added to the signal. By default, it is
set to the nominal value (0.5ps).
• Sinusoidal Jitter: The amount of SJ added to the signal. It is always set
to the nominal value (3.125ps). When the required amount fo SJ for
getting the compliance eye, is below the nominal, the corresponding
difference is subtracted to the RJ component. When the required
amount is above the nominal, thw difference is added to the a second
tone of SJ at 210MHz.
• Sinusoidal Jitter Frequency
• 2nd Tone Sinusoidal Jitter
• 2nd Tone Sinusoidal Jitter Frequency
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 9, “PCIe Receiver
Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 32G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration on page 297.
• 32G Random Jitter Calibration on page 304.
• 32G HF Sinusoidal Jitter Calibration on page 308.
• 32G Insertion Loss Calibration on page 315.
• 32G Channel Calibration on page 326.
• 32G AWG Amplitude Correction Calibration on page 334.
• 32G DM Sinusoidal Interference Calibration on page 337.
• 32G CM Sinusoidal Interference Calibration on page 342.
• 32G Compliance Eye Calibration on page 359.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 379
7 32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Result Description (similar to that for 8.0GT/s and 16.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations)

Figure 218 Result for 32GT/s ASIC Rx Pre-Compliance Test

380 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 7

• Result: “Pass”/“Fail”, if the BER test at a specific frequency is passed,


the value is “Pass” otherwise “Fail”.
• SJ Frequency: The sinusoidal jitter frequency set at each step.
• SJ Amplitude: The sinusoidal jitter amplitude set at each step.
• Allowed Bit Errors: The maximum number of allowed errors to consider
the BERT test as a Pass.
• Measured Bit Errors: The number of bit errors that occurred during the
test.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 381
7 32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

32G Rx Jitter Tolerance Test

Purpose and Method

The Rx Jitter Tolerance Test determines how much jitter a DUT can
tolerate at different SJ frequencies.
The test procedure applies a search algorithm that is sequentially used
over a range of jitter frequencies. The range of frequencies to be tested is
defined with the “Frequency Mode” property. At each jitter frequency
value, the maximum jitter amplitude where the DUT produced no more bit
errors than the Number of Allowed Bit Errors is stored as the max. passed
jitter value. The result is a curve that shows the maximum jitter that the
DUT can tolerate over the SJ frequency.
A linear algorithm, defined by “Start Jitter Amplitudes” and “Jitter Linear
Step Sizes” parameters, is used to search the maximum passed jitter
amplitude.
Figure 219 and Figure 220 show the connection diagram for ASIC
endpoints for M8040A and M8020A, respectively.

Figure 219 Setup for 32GT/s ASIC Receiver Tests M8040A

382 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 7

Figure 220 Setup for 32GT/s ASIC Receiver Tests M8020A

Parameters in Expert Mode


• Frequency Mode
• If one of the options ‘Compliance Frequencies’, ‘User Defined
Frequencies’ or ‘Single Frequency’ is selected, parameter is:
• Jitter Frequencies
• If the option ‘Equally Spaced Frequencies’ is selected, parameter is:
• Start frequency value
• Stop frequency value
• Number of Frequency Steps
• Frequency Sweep Scale
• Start jitter amplitude
• Use fixed number of steps
• Number of jitter steps
• Jitter linear step size

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 383
7 32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

• Show Min. Failed Points


Impairments
• RJ Low Pass Jitter Frequency
Parameter
• Force retraining on each frequency
BER Measurement
• BER Mode
• BER Measurement Duration
• Allowed Bit Error
• Target BER
• Confidence Level
Generator
• Pre-shoot
• De-Emphasis
• Differential Voltage
• Common Mode Interference
• Differential Mode Interference
• Random Jitter
• Sinusoidal Jitter
• Sinusoidal Jitter Frequency
• 2nd Tone Sinusoidal Jitter Frequency
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 9, “PCIe Receiver
Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 32G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration on page 297.
• 32G Random Jitter Calibration on page 304.
• 32G HF Sinusoidal Jitter Calibration on page 308.
• 32G Insertion Loss Calibration on page 315.
• 32G Channel Calibration on page 326.
• 32G AWG Amplitude Correction Calibration on page 334.
• 32G DM Sinusoidal Interference Calibration on page 337.
• 32G CM Sinusoidal Interference Calibration on page 342.
• 32G Compliance Eye Calibration on page 359.

384 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 7

Result Description

Figure 221 Result for 32GT/s ASIC Rx Jitter Tolerance Test

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 385
7 32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

• SJ Frequency: The value of SJ frequency applied to the test signal.


• First Failed: The first value of SJ amplitude where the DUT didn’t pass
the BER test at a specific frequency.
• Last Passed: The maximum value of SJ that the DUT can tolerate at a
specific SJ frequency.
• Setup Capability: The maximum value of jitter that the test setup can
generate at a specific SJ frequency.

386 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 7

Link Equalization Receiver Tests

Common Parameters for Link Equalization Receiver Tests

• Manually align error detector sampling point


Power Switch Automation
• Use Power Switch Automation
• Power Switch Channel Number
• Power Cycle Off-On Duration
• Power Cycle Settling Time
• Power Cycle Max. Retries
All these parameter are described in detail in the sectionPCIe Parameters
on page 50.

32G LEQ Rx Compliance Test

Purpose and Method

This tests uses the interactive link training feature of the JBERT to let the
DUT negotiate the generator transmitter preset that shall be used.
Once the equalization training is finished and the DUT is in loopback
mode, the test behaves in the same manner as the Rx Pre-Compliance
Test. See 32G Rx Pre-Compliance Test on page 377.

32G LEQ Rx Jitter Tolerance Test

Purpose and Method

This tests uses the interactive link training feature of the JBERT to let the
DUT negotiate the generator transmitter preset that shall be used.
• Once the equalization training is finished and the DUT is in loopback
mode, the test behaves in the same manner as the Rx Jitter Tolerance
Test. See 32G Rx Jitter Tolerance Test on page 382.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 387
7 32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Receiver Setup Tests

Common Parameters for Receiver Setup Tests

• Reference Clock
Power Switch Automation
• Use Power Switch Automation
• Power Switch Channel Number
• Power Cycle Off-On Duration
• Power Cycle Settling Time
• Power Cycle Max. Retries
All these parameter are described in detail in the sectionPCIe Parameters
on page 50.

388 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 7

32G Rx Impairments Setup

Purpose and Method

The purpose of this procedure is to configure the data generator with the
parameters that are required in the Rx Pre-Compliance Test, using the
calibration data saved on the machine where Valiframe is running. The
procedure begins in the same manner as the Rx Pre-Compliance Test but
the entire procedure does not run, only the setup is prepared.
Figure 222 and Figure 223 show the connection diagram for ASIC
endpoints for M8040A and M8020A, respectively.

Figure 222 Setup for 32GT/s ASIC Receiver Tests M8040A

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 389
7 32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

Figure 223 Setup for 32GT/s ASIC Receiver Tests M8020A

Parameters in Expert Mode

Generator
• Pre-shoot
• De-Emphasis
• Differential Voltage
• Common Mode Interference
• Differential Mode Interference
• Random Jitter
• Sinusoidal Jitter
• Sinusoidal Jitter Frequency
• 2nd Tone Sinusoidal Jitter
• 2nd Tone Sinusoidal Jitter Frequency
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 9, “PCIe Receiver
Parameters”.

390 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests 7

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 32G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration on page 297.
• 32G Random Jitter Calibration on page 304.
• 32G HF Sinusoidal Jitter Calibration on page 308.
• 32G Insertion Loss Calibration on page 315.
• 32G Channel Calibration on page 326.
• 32G AWG Amplitude Correction Calibration on page 334.
• 32G DM Sinusoidal Interference Calibration on page 337.
• 32G CM Sinusoidal Interference Calibration on page 342.
• 32G Compliance Eye Calibration on page 359.

Result Description
• None

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 391
7 32.0 GT/s ASIC Tests

392 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software
Platform
User Guide

8 2.5 & 5.0 GT/s CEM


Tests
Overview / 394
2.5 & 5.0 GT/s CEM Calibrations / 395
Receiver Tests / 403
Receiver Setup Tests / 416
8 2.5 & 5.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Overview

Before any receiver test procedure can be run, the PCIe receiver test
system must be calibrated.
The ValiFrame calibration plane is given by the DUT input ports. The
receiver test signal characteristics such as the PCIe signal generator
output voltage level and jitter parameters are typically affected by the
signal transmission between the generator output ports and the DUT input
ports. Thus, for any signal output parameter that you select (set value), the
jitter and the signal received at the DUT input ports (actual value) deviate
from the set value. Additional deviations can be caused by effects such as
offset errors, hysteresis, and nonlinear behavior of the signal generator.
The ValiFrame calibration procedures compensate for the deviations of the
relevant signal output parameter actual values from the set values over the
required parameter range.
All calibration procedures required for PCIe receiver testing are included in
the ValiFrame software. The ValiFrame calibration procedures are
implemented such that the calibration process is conducted as fast as
possible and is automated as much as possible, for example, by minimizing
the number of re-configuration of the hardware connections.

Common Parameters for 2.5 & 5.0 GT/s CEM Calibrations

Data Rate specific:


• Scope connection for calibrations
For the description of each parameter, refer to Table 6, “PCIe Common
Calibration Parameters”.

394 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
2.5 & 5.0 GT/s CEM Tests 8

2.5 & 5.0 GT/s CEM Calibrations

2.5G/5G Random Jitter Calibration

Purpose and Method

While performing Rx tests, the input signal is stressed with a combination


of jitter sources to simulate the possible impairments that are expected at
the Rx input when operating in a target system. Random jitter is added to
simulate the effects of thermal noise. Due to system intrinsic jitter, the
effective jitter level is different from the value set in the data generator;
therefore, jitter amplitude is calibrated.
The test automation starts with a small RJ amplitude and increases that
value with several steps over a defined range. For each step, the procedure
measures the actual random jitter.
The generator sends a clock pattern during this calibration procedure.
The measurement is done on a real-time oscilloscope using the
RJ/DJ-separation software EZJIT.
The calibration data is stored in a Cal-table. This calibration table is used
during measurements to calculate the RJ amplitude that must be set on
the generator to get the expected RJ amplitude at the test point.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 395
8 2.5 & 5.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Figure 224 Connection Diagram for 2.5 & 5.0 GT/s CEM Calibrations (M8020A)

Parameters in Expert Mode


• None

396 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
2.5 & 5.0 GT/s CEM Tests 8

Result Description (similar to that for 2.5 & 5.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations)

Figure 225 Result for 2.5 & 5.0 GT/s CEM Random Jitter Calibration

• Set Random Jitter: The jitter amplitude set in the instrument.


• Actual Random Jitter: The measured jitter amplitude.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 397
8 2.5 & 5.0 GT/s CEM Tests

2.5G/5G De-Emphasis Calibration

Purpose and Method

This procedure calibrates the de-emphasis.


By default, the test automation starts with -6 dB of de-emphasis,
increasing it with a step size of 0.5 dB and measuring the corresponding
de-emphasis for every set value. The calibration ends when the set
de-emphasis is 0 or the measured de-emphasis is above 0dB.
The calibration data is stored in a Cal-table. The calibration must be
performed for Generation 1 and 2 for add-in-cards and systems. These
calibration tables are used during measurements to calculate the
de-emphasis level that must be set on the generator to get the desired
de-emphasis level at the test point.

Figure 226 Connection Diagram for 2.5 & 5.0 GT/s CEM Calibrations (M8020A)

Parameters in Expert Mode


• Eye Height: The eye height in this procedure.
• Start De-Emphasis: The minimum de-emphasis that is calibrated.

398 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
2.5 & 5.0 GT/s CEM Tests 8

Result Description

Figure 227 Result for 2.5 & 5.0 GT/s CEM De-Emphasis Calibration

• Set De-Emphasis [dB]: The de-emphasis set in the instrument.


• Actual De-Emphasis [dB]: The measured de-emphasis.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 399
8 2.5 & 5.0 GT/s CEM Tests

2.5G/5G Eye Height Calibration

Purpose and Method

The test fixtures attenuate the data signal. To compensate for the
attenuation, the data signal differential swing is calibrated.
The test automation calibrates five equally-spaced differential voltage
amplitudes. The minimum amplitude is 300mV and the maximum
amplitude is the maximum value that the data generator can generate.
For this calibration, the data generator sends the compliance pattern. It
adds random jitter, ISI, swept sinusoidal jitter (that has undergone sweep)
and CMSI to the signal. For Gen2, it adds high frequency sinusoidal jitter
and SSC residual to the signal. The eye height is measured on the
oscilloscope using horizontal histograms.
The calibration data is stored in a Cal-table. There is a Cal-table for Gen1
ASIC and another one for Gen2 ASIC. During measurements, these
calibration tables are used to adjust the differential voltage amplitude to
the desired eye height.

Figure 228 Connection Diagram for 2.5 & 5.0 GT/s CEM Calibrations (M8020A)

400 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
2.5 & 5.0 GT/s CEM Tests 8

Parameters in Expert Mode


• Verification Mode
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 8, “PCIe Calibration
Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 2.5G/5G Random Jitter Calibration on page 395.
• 2.5G/5G De-Emphasis Calibration on page 398.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 401
8 2.5 & 5.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Result Description (similar to that for 2.5 & 5.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations)

Figure 229 Result for 2.5 & 5.0 GT/s CEM Eye Height Calibration

• Set Diff Voltage [mV]: The differential voltage amplitude set in the
instrument.
• Measured Eye Height [mV]: The measured eye height amplitude.

402 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
2.5 & 5.0 GT/s CEM Tests 8

Receiver Tests

The basic principles underlying all PCIe receiver tests are:


• Train the DUT into Loopback Mode
• Send the training pattern with defined stress characteristics
• Use the error detector to verify that the DUT loops back the correct
pattern without errors
Most of the Rx tests constantly change the signal stress to collect more
data and re-initialize the loopback mode if the DUT terminates from it. If
calibration data is available, the data confirms that the signal stress is at
the specified level and test point. If calibration data is missing, a warning
message pops up. If you ignore the warning messages explicitly, you can
run tests without the calibration data.

You do not require a real-time oscilloscope to perform Receiver Tests.


NOTE

Common Parameters for Receiver Tests

Power Switch Automation


• Use Power Switch Automation
• Power Switch Channel Number
• Power Cycle Off-On Duration
• Power Cycle Settling Time
• Power Cycle Max. Retries

Common Parameters specific for Data Rates

Loopback Training
• Link Training Mode
• Link Training Suite Settings File
• Default Link Training Lane Number for every Lane
• Suppress Loopback Training Messages
Error Detector
• Use CDR
• CDR Loop Bandwidth

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 403
8 2.5 & 5.0 GT/s CEM Tests

• Peaking
• Analyzer Equalization
• Sensitivity
• Polarity
BER Measurement
• Relax Time
All these parameter are described in detail in the sectionPCIe Parameters
on page 50.

404 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
2.5 & 5.0 GT/s CEM Tests 8

2.5G/5G Rx Compliance Test

Purpose and Method

This test determines if the DUT meets the receiver specifications. The
procedure measures the BER when all jitter types and the eye height are
set to their specification limit values (that is, maximum values for jitter,
minimum value for eye height). In expert mode, these values can be
changed.

Figure 230 Connection Diagram for 2.5 & 5.0 GT/s CEM Receiver Tests (M8020A)

Parameters in Expert Mode

Generator Jitter
• Random Jitter
• Swept Sinusoidal Jitter
• HF Sinusoidal Jitter
• HF Sinusoidal Jitter Frequency
• SSC Residual
Eye-Height

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 405
8 2.5 & 5.0 GT/s CEM Tests

• Eye-Height
BER Measurement
• BER Mode
• BER Measurement Duration
• Allowed Bit Error
• Target BER
• Confidence Level
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 9, “PCIe Receiver
Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 2.5G/5G Random Jitter Calibration on page 395.
• 2.5G/5G De-Emphasis Calibration on page 398.
• 2.5G/5G Eye Height Calibration on page 400.

406 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
2.5 & 5.0 GT/s CEM Tests 8

Result Description (similar to that for 2.5 & 5.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations)

Figure 231 Result for 2.5 & 5.0 GT/s CEM Rx Compliance Test

• Result: The BER measured should be smaller than the Target BER.
• Target BER: The target BER that must be achieved.
• BER: The measured BER that has been achieved.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 407
8 2.5 & 5.0 GT/s CEM Tests

2.5G/5G Rx Jitter Tolerance Test

Purpose and Method

This test procedure searches the maximum sinusoidal jitter, where the
DUT passes the BER test.
There are different methods to find the jitter tolerance limits. It can be
selected with “search algorithm” parameters, such as: Binary, Linear,
Linear with two sizes, Linear with Hysteresis or Logarithmic.
• If Binary is selected, the binary search algorithm is used. At first, the
jitter amplitude is set to the middle of the tested range. When the BER
test passes, it goes up and when the test fails, it goes down, At each
step, the step size is reduced until the target resolution is reached.
• If Linear is selected, the test uses the defined step size to go up linearly
from “Start Jitter” until the BER test fails.
• If Linear with two step size is selected, the test first uses relatively large
steps to go up linearly from “Start Jitter”. When BER test fails, it goes
back to the last passed point and steps up again with small steps until
an error is found again.
• If Linear with Hysteresis is selected, the test first uses relatively large
steps to go up linearly from “Start Jitter”. When BER test fails, it goes
back down with mid-sized steps until it passes again. From that point, it
steps up again with small steps until an error is found again.
• If Logarithmic is selected, the test uses the defined step factor to
increase with a logarithmic scale from “Start Jitter” until the BER test
fails.
The maximum passed value is the last test point that did not return an
error. Each point occurs separately for each frequency.

The Rx Jitter Tolerance Test is available only in Expert Mode.


NOTE

408 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
2.5 & 5.0 GT/s CEM Tests 8

Figure 232 Connection Diagram for 2.5 & 5.0 GT/s CEM Receiver Tests (M8020A)

Parameters in Expert Mode

Sinusoidal Jitter Variation


• Frequency Mode
• If the option ‘User Defined Frequencies’ is selected, parameter is:
• Frequency Points
• If the option ‘Single Frequency’ is selected, parameter is:
• Jitter frequencies
• If the option ‘Equally Spaced Frequencies’ is selected, parameter is:
• Frequency Scale
• Start frequency
• Stop frequency
• Frequency Steps
• Search algorithm
• Jitter Step Size
• Jitter Start Value

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 409
8 2.5 & 5.0 GT/s CEM Tests

• Show Min. Failed Points


Parameter
• Force retraining on each frequency
Generator
• Random Jitter
• HF Sinusoidal Jitter
• HF Sinusoidal Jitter Frequency
• SSC Residual
Eye-Height
• Eye-Height
BER Measurement
• BER Mode
• BER Measurement Duration
• Allowed Bit Error
• Target BER
• Confidence Level
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 9, “PCIe Receiver
Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 2.5G/5G Random Jitter Calibration on page 395.
• 2.5G/5G De-Emphasis Calibration on page 398.
• 2.5G/5G Eye Height Calibration on page 400.

410 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
2.5 & 5.0 GT/s CEM Tests 8

Result Description (similar to that for 2.5 & 5.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations)

Figure 233 Result for 2.5 & 5.0 GT/s CEM Rx Jitter Tolerance Test

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 411
8 2.5 & 5.0 GT/s CEM Tests

• Result: Max. passed jitter should be greater than min. specification.


• Sinusoidal Jitter Frequency [MHz]: The tested frequency points.
• Min Failed Total Jitter [ps]: The minimum jitter that failed the test.
• Max Passed Total Jitter [ps]: The maximum jitter that passed the test.
• Jitter Capability Test Setup [ps]: The maximum jitter that the hardware
can generate.
• Measured ISI [ps]: The measured BER.
• Min Spec [ps]: The minimum jitter that has to pass the test to meet the
specification.
• Margin [%]: The margin between the max. passed jitter and the
specification.

412 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
2.5 & 5.0 GT/s CEM Tests 8

2.5G/5G Rx Sensitivity Test

Purpose and Method

This test searches the minimum eye height, where the DUT passes the BER
test. The method starts with “Start Eye Height” and decreases with steps
of “Step Size”. The minimum passed value is the last test point that did not
return an error.

The Rx Sensitivity Test is available only in Expert Mode.


NOTE

Figure 234 Connection Diagram for 2.5 & 5.0 GT/s CEM Receiver Tests (M8020A)

Parameters in Expert Mode

Generator Jitter
• Use Jitter
• Random Jitter

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 413
8 2.5 & 5.0 GT/s CEM Tests

• Swept Sinusoidal Jitter


• HF Sinusoidal Jitter
• HF Sinusoidal Jitter Frequency
• SSC Residual (for 5GT/s)
Eye-Height
• Loopback Training Eye-Height
• Start Eye-Height
• Stop Eye-Height
• Step Size
BER Measurement
• BER Mode
• BER Measurement Duration
• Allowed Bit Error
• Target BER
• Confidence Level
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 9, “PCIe Receiver
Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 2.5G/5G Random Jitter Calibration on page 395.
• 2.5G/5G De-Emphasis Calibration on page 398.
• 2.5G/5G Eye Height Calibration on page 400.

414 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
2.5 & 5.0 GT/s CEM Tests 8

Result Description (similar to that for 2.5 & 5.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations)

Figure 235 Result for 2.5 & 5.0 GT/s CEM Rx Sensitivity Test

• Result: It is the min. passed Eye Height measured that should be


smaller than the min. specification.
• Min Passed Eye Height [mV]: It is the smallest eye height at which the
DUT passes the BER test.
• Min Spec [mV]: It is the smallest eye height at which the DUT has to
pass the BER test to meet the specification.
• Margin [%]: It is the margin between the min. passed Eye Height and
the min. specification.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 415
8 2.5 & 5.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Receiver Setup Tests

Common Parameters for Receiver Setup Tests

Power Switch Automation


• Use Power Switch Automation
• Power Switch Channel Number
• Power Cycle Off-On Duration
• Power Cycle Settling Time
• Power Cycle Max. Retries

Common Parameters specific for Data Rates

• Data Rate Deviation


All these parameter are described in detail in the section PCIe Parameters
on page 50.

416 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
2.5 & 5.0 GT/s CEM Tests 8

2.5G/5G Rx Compliance Setup

Purpose and Method

The purpose of this procedure is to configure the data generator with


those parameters that are needed in the Rx Compliance Test, using the
calibration data saved on the PC where the N5991A software is running.
The method initiates in the same manner as the Rx Compliance Test but it
doesn't proceed any further after the setup is prepared. The set
parameters are differential amplitude, random jitter, swept sinusoidal jitter
and common mode sinusoidal interference.

Figure 236 Connection Diagram for 2.5 & 5.0 GT/s CEM Receiver Tests (M8020A)

Parameters in Expert Mode

Generator Jitter
• Random Jitter
• Swept Sinusoidal Jitter
• HF Sinusoidal Jitter
• HF Sinusoidal Jitter Frequency
• SSC Residual

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 417
8 2.5 & 5.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Eye-Height
• Eye-Height
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 9, “PCIe Receiver
Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 2.5G/5G Random Jitter Calibration on page 395.
• 2.5G/5G De-Emphasis Calibration on page 398.
• 2.5G/5G Eye Height Calibration on page 400.

418 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software
Platform
User Guide

9 8.0 GT/s CEM Tests


Overview / 420
8.0 GT/s CEM Calibrations / 421
Receiver Tests / 456
Link Equalization Receiver Tests / 500
9 8.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Overview

Before any receiver test procedure can be run, the PCIe receiver test
system must be calibrated.
The ValiFrame calibration plane is given by the DUT input ports. The
receiver test signal characteristics such as the PCIe signal generator
output voltage level and jitter parameters are typically affected by the
signal transmission between the generator output ports and the DUT input
ports. Thus, for any signal output parameter that you select (set value), the
jitter and the signal received at the DUT input ports (actual value) deviate
from the set value. Additional deviations can be caused by effects such as
offset errors, hysteresis, and nonlinear behavior of the signal generator.
The ValiFrame calibration procedures compensate for the deviations of the
relevant signal output parameter actual values from the set values over the
required parameter range.
All calibration procedures required for PCIe receiver testing are included in
the ValiFrame software. The ValiFrame calibration procedures are
implemented such that the calibration process is conducted as fast as
possible and is automated as much as possible, for example, by minimizing
the number of re-configuration of the hardware connections.

Common Parameters for 8.0 GT/s CEM Calibrations

Data rate specific parameters:


• Scope Connection
For the description of each parameter, refer to Table 6, “PCIe Common
Calibration Parameters”.

420 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s CEM Tests 9

8.0 GT/s CEM Calibrations

8G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration

Purpose and Method

This procedure calibrates the De-Emphasis, Pre-shoot and Differential


Voltage amplitude at TP1.
The pattern generator sends an equalization pattern to the oscilloscope
and performs a sweep of the whole equalization range.
First, the pre-cursor is set to the initial value (-0.28dB). For this set value,
the post cursor is swept from -0.28 to 0.02dB with linear steps of 0.02dB.
At each post-cursor value, the de-emphasis, pre-shoot and differential
voltage are measured with the oscilloscope. Then, the pre-cursor is
increased with a step size of 0.02dB and the process is repeated until
0.02dB is attained. The Launch Voltage is always fixed to 800mV.

The procedure explained above is specific for the M8040A data


NOTE generator setup. For the M8020A setup, the procedure is very similar but
the sweep is not performed over the pre-cursor and post-cursor values.
In this case, the sweep is performed directly for the de-emphasis (from
-6dB to 2dB) and pre-shoot (from 6dB to -1dB).
As result, three calibration data tables are generated. Then, in further
procedures, these calibrations are used to set equalization values that
provide the desired de-emphasis, pre-shoot and voltage in the test point.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 421
9 8.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Figure 237 to Figure 240 show the connection diagrams for calibrations at
TP1.

Figure 237 Setup for 8.0GT/s CEM Calibrations (TP1, No TTC, DSOz, M8040A)

Figure 238 Setup for 8.0GT/s CEM Calibrations (TP1, No TTC, 2CH DSO, M8040A)

422 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s CEM Tests 9

Figure 239 Setup for 8.0GT/s CEM Calibrations (TP1, With TTC, M8040A)

Figure 240 Setup for 8.0GT/s CEM Calibrations (TP1, M8020A)

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 423
9 8.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Parameters in Expert Mode


• EQ Calibration Pattern: Pattern used for this calibration
• Verification Mode
Generator
• Set Amplitude
Oscilloscope
• Scope Bandwidth
• Number of Waveform Averages
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 8, “PCIe Calibration
Parameters”.

424 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s CEM Tests 9

Result Description (similar to that for 8.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations)

Figure 241 Result for 8.0 GT/s TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration (Pre-shoot)

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 425
9 8.0 GT/s CEM Tests

• Set Random Jitter: The jitter amplitude set in the instrument.


• C+1 (x dB): The Pre-shoot measured for the combination of post-cursor
(x dB) and pre-cursor values set on the data generator.

Figure 242 Result for 8.0 GT/s TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration (De-Emphasis)

426 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s CEM Tests 9

• Set Post-Cursor: The post-cursor value set in the data generator.


• C-1 (x dB): The De-Emphasis measured for the combination of
post-cursor and pre-cursor values set on the data generator.

Figure 243 Result for 8.0 GT/s TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration (Launch Voltage)

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 427
9 8.0 GT/s CEM Tests

• Set Post-Cursor: The post-cursor value set in the data generator.


• C-1 (x dB): The Differential voltage amplitude measured for the
combination of post-cursor and pre-cursor values set on the data
generator.

428 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s CEM Tests 9

8G Random Jitter Calibration

Purpose and Method

While performing Rx tests, the input signal is stressed with a combination


of jitter sources to simulate the possible impairments that are expected at
the Rx input when operating in a target system. Random jitter is added to
simulate the effects of thermal noise. Due to system intrinsic jitter, the
effective jitter level is different from the value set in the data generator;
therefore, jitter amplitude is calibrated.
The test automation starts with a small RJ amplitude and increases that
value with several steps over a defined range. For each step, the procedure
measures the actual random jitter.
The generator sends a clock pattern during this calibration procedure.
The measurement is done on a real-time oscilloscope using the SigTest
software.
The calibration data is stored in a Cal-table. This calibration table is used
during measurements to calculate the RJ amplitude that must be set on
the generator to get the expected RJ amplitude at the test point.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 429
9 8.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Figure 244 to Figure 247 show the connection diagrams for calibrations at
TP1.

Figure 244 Setup for 8.0GT/s CEM Calibrations (TP1, No TTC, DSOz, M8040A)

For DSOz without TCCs, the oscilloscope connections must be changed


NOTE from HF channels to LF channels.

Figure 245 Setup for 8.0GT/s CEM Calibrations (TP1, No TTC, 2CH DSO, M8040A)

430 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s CEM Tests 9

Figure 246 Setup for 8.0GT/s CEM Calibrations (TP1, With TTC, M8040A)

Figure 247 Setup for 8.0GT/s CEM Calibrations (TP1, M8020A)

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 431
9 8.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Parameters in Expert Mode


• Verification Mode
• Number of averages for jitter measurement: The number of averages
(SigTest measurements) for one RJ measurement.
• Stop Random Jitter: The maximum RJ amplitude that is calibrated.
• Random Jitter Step Size: The step size that defines how much jitter is
increased for every step.
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 8, “PCIe Calibration
Parameters”.

432 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s CEM Tests 9

Result Description (similar to that for 8.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations)

Figure 248 Result for 8.0 GT/s CEM Random Jitter Calibration

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 433
9 8.0 GT/s CEM Tests

• Set Random Jitter: The jitter amplitude set in the instrument.


• Measured Random Jitter: The measured jitter amplitude.

434 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s CEM Tests 9

8G Sinusoidal Jitter Calibration

Purpose and Method

This procedure calibrates the sinusoidal jitter amplitude for a set of


frequencies (5MHz and 100MHz).
The test automation starts with small SJ amplitude and increases that
value with several steps over a defined range. For each step, the procedure
measures the actual sinusoidal jitter for all the frequencies. The
measurement is done using a real-time oscilloscope RJ/DJ-separation
software EZJIT or the SigTest Application.
The calibration data is stored in a Cal-table. This calibration table is used
during measurements to adjust the SJ amplitude to the desired output SJ
amplitudes.
Figure 249 to Figure 252 show the connection diagrams for calibrations at
TP1.

Figure 249 Setup for 8.0GT/s CEM Calibrations (TP1, No TTC, DSOz, M8040A)

For DSOz without TCCs, the oscilloscope connections must be changed


NOTE from HF channels to LF channels.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 435
9 8.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Figure 250 Setup for 8.0GT/s CEM Calibrations (TP1, No TTC, 2CH DSO, M8040A)

Figure 251 Setup for 8.0GT/s CEM Calibrations (TP1, With TTC, M8040A)

436 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s CEM Tests 9

Figure 252 Setup for 8.0GT/s CEM Calibrations (TP1, M8020A)

Parameters in Expert Mode


• Verification Mode
• CDR loop-bandwidth: The CDR loop bandwidth that passed SigTest.
Note that the higher loop bandwidth filters the SJ with high frequency.
• Number of averages for jitter measurement: The number of averages
(SigTest measurements) for one RJ measurement.
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 8, “PCIe Calibration
Parameters”.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 437
9 8.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Result Description (similar to that for 16.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations)

Figure 253 Result for 8.0 GT/s CEM SJ Calibration

438 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s CEM Tests 9

• Set SJ: The SJ jitter amplitude set in the instrument.


• SJ (x frequency): The measured sinusoidal jitter amplitude for the set SJ
amplitude and frequency.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 439
9 8.0 GT/s CEM Tests

8G DMSI Calibration

Purpose and Method

The Differential Mode Sinusoidal Interference (DMSI) is generated


internally with the data generator. The resulting amplitude at the input of
the Rx is attenuated and must be calibrated.
The test automation starts with a small DMSI amplitude and increases that
value with several steps over a defined range.
For each step, the procedure measures the actual DMSI with a real-time
oscilloscope.
The calibration data is stored in a Cal-table. When measurements are
performed, this calibration table is used to adjust the DMSI amplitude to
the desired value in the Rx input.
Figure 254 and Figure 255 show the connection diagrams for the DMSI
calibrations.

Figure 254 Setup for 8.0GT/s CEM Long Channel Calibration M8040A

440 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s CEM Tests 9

Figure 255 Setup for 8.0GT/s CEM Long Channel Calibration M8020A

Parameters in Expert Mode


• Verification Mode
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 8, “PCIe Calibration
Parameters”.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 441
9 8.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Result Description (similar to that for 8.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations)

Figure 256 Result for 8.0 GT/s CEM DMSI Calibration

442 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s CEM Tests 9

• Set DM Interference: The amount of DMSI set in the data generator.


• Measured DMSI Amplitude: The actual DMSI measured with the
oscilloscope.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 443
9 8.0 GT/s CEM Tests

8G Eye-Height and Width Calibration

Purpose and Method

This procedure calibrates eye-height and eye-width by adding random


jitter and differential mode sinusoidal interference (DMSI).
Starting with “Start DMSI”, the Jitter is increased with equally spaced
steps from “Start RJ” to “Stop RJ” and the eye-height and eye-width are
measured. This procedure is now repeated for all remaining DMSI
amplitudes.
The eye is measured by using the SigTest software.
The calibration data is stored in a Cal-table. When measurements are
performed, this calibration table is used to evaluate the optimum amount
of DMSI and Random Jitter to get the desired Eye Height and Width.
Figure 257 and Figure 258 show the connection diagrams for the
Eye-Height and Width calibrations for Add-In cards.

Figure 257 Setup for 8.0GT/s CEM Long CH Cal M8040A (for Add-in cards)

444 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s CEM Tests 9

Figure 258 Setup for 8.0GT/s CEM Long CH Cal M8020A (for Add-in cards)

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 445
9 8.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Figure 259 and Figure 260 show the connection diagrams for the
Eye-Height and Width calibrations for Systems.

Figure 259 Setup for 8.0GT/s CEM Long CH Cal M8040A (for Systems)

446 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s CEM Tests 9

Figure 260 Setup for 8.0GT/s CEM Long CH Cal M8020A (for Systems)

Parameters in Expert Mode


• Optimize CTLE: Select when CTLE optimization is used. By default, it is
set to False.
• RJ for CTLE optimization: Random Jitter is set if CTLE optimization is
used.
• DMSI for CTLE optimization: DMSI is set if CTLE optimization is used.
• CTLE Index: CTLE index is set if CTLE optimization is not used.
• Start DMSI: The first set DMSI value.
• Stop DMSI: The last set DMSI value.
• Start RJ: The first set RJ value.
• Stop RJ: The last set RJ value.
• Number of Averages
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 8, “PCIe Calibration
Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 8G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration on page 421.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 447
9 8.0 GT/s CEM Tests

• 8G Random Jitter Calibration on page 429.


• 8G Sinusoidal Jitter Calibration on page 435.
• 8G DMSI Calibration on page 440.

448 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s CEM Tests 9

Result Description

Figure 261 Result for 8.0 GT/s CEM Eye-Height Calibration

• Set DM Interference [mV]: The DMSI set in the instrument.


• Eye Height (x RJ) [mV]: The measured eye height for x RJ.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 449
9 8.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Figure 262 Result for 8.0 GT/s CEM Eye-Width Calibration

• Set DM Interference [mV]: The DMSI set in the instrument.


• Eye Width (x RJ) [ps]: The measured eye width for x RJ.

450 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s CEM Tests 9

8G Compliance Eye Calibration

Purpose and Method

This procedure checks the possibility to generate an eye-height and an


eye-width that meet the specifications by adding Random Jitter and
Differential Mode Sinusoidal Interference.
The method starts with nominal RJ and DMSI values and checks if the
obtained eye-height and eye-width are the target values. If they are not,
RJ and DMSI are recalculated with an algorithm that uses the difference
between the measured and the target values of the eye amplitudes. The
procedure is repeated until the target values are reached or until the “Max
Number of Search Steps” is reached. If the “Max Number of Search Steps”
is reached, it checks whether or not the optimum combination of the
tested RJ and DMSI meet the specification.
Figure 263 and Figure 264 show the connection diagrams for the
Compliance Eye calibrations for Add-In cards.

Figure 263 Setup for 8.0GT/s CEM Long CH Cal M8040A (for Add-in cards)

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 451
9 8.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Figure 264 Setup for 8.0GT/s CEM Long CH Cal M8020A (for Add-in cards)

452 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s CEM Tests 9

Figure 265 and Figure 266 show the connection diagrams for the
Compliance Eye calibrations for Systems.

Figure 265 Setup for 8.0GT/s CEM Long CH Cal M8040A (for Systems)

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 453
9 8.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Figure 266 Setup for 8.0GT/s CEM Long CH Cal M8020A (for Systems)

Parameters in Expert Mode


• Verification Mode
• Target Eye-Height: (Read-only) Max. specification value (1mV).
• Target Eye-Width: (Read-only) Max. specification value (5ps).
• Max Number of Search Steps: Max. number of times that the RJ and
DMSI can be recalculated to get the target values.
• Number of Averages
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 8, “PCIe Calibration
Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 8G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration on page 421.
• 8G Random Jitter Calibration on page 429.
• 8G Sinusoidal Jitter Calibration on page 435.
• 8G DMSI Calibration on page 440.
• 8G Eye-Height and Width Calibration on page 444.

454 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s CEM Tests 9

Result Description

Figure 267 Result for 8.0 GT/s CEM Compliance Eye Calibration

• DMSI [mV]: Optimum DMSI added to the signal.


• RJ [ps]: Optimum RJ added to the signal.
• Eye Width [mV]: Eye width measured.
• Eye Height [ps]: Eye height measured.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 455
9 8.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Receiver Tests

The basic principles underlying all PCIe receiver tests are:


• Train the DUT into Loopback Mode
• Send the training pattern with defined stress characteristics
• Use the error detector to verify that the DUT loops back the correct
pattern without errors
Most of the Rx tests constantly change the signal stress to collect more
data and re-initialize the loopback mode if the DUT terminates from it. If
calibration data is available, the data confirms that the signal stress is at
the specified level and test point. If calibration data is missing, a warning
message pops up. If you ignore the warning messages explicitly, you can
run tests without the calibration data.

You do not require a real-time oscilloscope to perform Receiver Tests.


NOTE

Common Parameters for Receiver Tests

Power Switch Automation


• Use Power Switch Automation
• Power Switch Channel Number
• Power Cycle Off-On Duration
• Power Cycle Settling Time
• Power Cycle Max. Retries

Common Parameters specific for Data Rates

• Data Rate Deviation


Loopback Training
• Link Training Mode
• Link Training Suite Settings File
• Suppress Loopback Training Messages
• User Custom Training Voltage
Interactive Link Training
• Training through

456 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s CEM Tests 9

• Generator Full Swing


• Generator Start Preset
• DUT Initial Preset
• DUT Target Preset
• Drop Link Method
Error Detector
• Use CDR
• CDR Loop Bandwidth
• Peaking
• Analyzer Equalization
• Capture and Compare Mode
• Sensitivity
• Pause before Auto-Align
• Polarity
BER Measurement
• Relax Time

Common Parameters specific for Lanes

• Use Preset
• Generator Preset
• Pre-shoot
• De-Emphasis
All these parameter are described in detail in the section PCIe Parameters
on page 50.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 457
9 8.0 GT/s CEM Tests

8G Rx EQ Coefficient Matrix Scan

Purpose and Method

This procedure measures the BER with a combination of coefficients C+1


(Pre-cursor) and C-1 (Post-cursor) to create a co-efficient matrix with the
BER results. At each step, the BER value is measured for different values of
C+1 coefficient while the C-1 coefficient value is kept constant. The
resulting values are mapped on to a triangular matrix, where each element
contains four entries (measured BER, pre-shoot, de-emphasis, and boost).
Elements on a diagonal line from bottom left to top right have the same
maximum boost value. The elements of the matrix are displayed in
different colors depending on the measured BER value. If the element
appears in green color, the entry values are valid and they can be used for
testing. As the color changes to red, such values are invalid for testing.
If the parameter “Allow user to enter optimum equalization” for remaining
tests is set to ‘True’, a window appears where you can select the values of
pre-shoot and de-emphasis from the resulting graph.
Figure 268 and Figure 269 show the connection diagram for Add-in cards
for M8040A and M8020A, respectively. Figure 270 and Figure 271 show
the connection diagram for Systems for M8040A and M8020A,
respectively. Note that the setup can differ depending on the clock
architecture and external reference clock selections.

458 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s CEM Tests 9

Figure 268 Setup for 8.0GT/s CEM Add-In-Card Receiver Tests M8040A

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 459
9 8.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Figure 269 Setup for 8.0GT/s CEM Add-In-Card Receiver Tests M8020A

460 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s CEM Tests 9

Figure 270 Setup for 8.0GT/s CEM Systems Receiver Tests M8040A

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 461
9 8.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Figure 271 Setup for 8.0GT/s CEM Systems Receiver Tests M8020A

Parameters in Expert Mode

Loopback Training
• Force Retraining at each BER Measurement
• Pre-shoot used for LB Training
• De-Emphasis used for LB Training
• Eye Parameter
• Eye Height
• Eye Width
• Differential Mode Sinusoidal Interference: The amount of DMSI, which
must be added to the signal to achieve the desired eye-height and
eye-width in combination with the RJ.
• Random Jitter: The amount of RJ, which must be added to the signal to
achieve the desired eye-height and eye-width in combination with the
DMSI.
• Sinusoidal Jitter
• Sinusoidal Jitter Frequency
Coefficient Variation

462 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s CEM Tests 9

• Test Presets Only


• Coefficient Divider
• Maximum Boost
• Start Pre-Shoot
• Start De-Emphasis
BER Measurement
• BER Mode
• Target BER
• Confidence Level
Equalization for remaining Tests
• Allow user to enter optimum equalization for remaining Rx tests
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 9, “PCIe Receiver
Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 8G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration on page 421.
• 8G Random Jitter Calibration on page 429.
• 8G Sinusoidal Jitter Calibration on page 435.
• 8G DMSI Calibration on page 440.
• 8G Eye-Height and Width Calibration on page 444.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 463
9 8.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Result Description (similar to that for 8.0GT/s ASIC Rx Tests)

Figure 272 Result for 8.0 GT/s CEM Rx EQ Coefficient Matrix Scan

464 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s CEM Tests 9

• C-1/C+1: Result of the BER measurement for the specific combination


of the coefficient matrix.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 465
9 8.0 GT/s CEM Tests

8G Rx Pre-Shoot De-Emphasis Scan

Purpose and Method

The purpose of this test is to find the optimum combination of


de-emphasis and pre-shoot amplitude. As a first step, the procedure sets
initial de-emphasis and pre-shoot values and adjusts the eye height to
obtain the desired BER (slightly above 1e-9). Then, it retains the initial
pre-shoot and performs a de-emphasis scan, measuring the BER for every
de-emphasis value. After that, it retains the initial de-emphasis amplitude
and makes a pre-shoot scan. Finally, the test shows the result tables, one
for the de-emphasis scan and one for the pre-shoot scan. The results let
you see the best combination with the initial values that were selected.
Figure 273 and Figure 274 show the connection diagram for Add-in cards
for M8040A and M8020A, respectively. Figure 275 and Figure 276 show
the connection diagram for Systems for M8040A and M8020A,
respectively. Note that the setup can differ depending on the clock
architecture and external reference clock selections.

Figure 273 Setup for 8.0GT/s CEM Add-In-Card Receiver Tests M8040A

466 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s CEM Tests 9

Figure 274 Setup for 8.0GT/s CEM Add-In-Card Receiver Tests M8020A

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 467
9 8.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Figure 275 Setup for 8.0GT/s CEM Systems Receiver Tests M8040A

468 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s CEM Tests 9

Figure 276 Setup for 8.0GT/s CEM Systems Receiver Tests M8020A

Parameters in Expert Mode

Eye Parameter
• Scan Order
• Initial De-Emphasis
• Initial Pre-shoot
• Force Retraining at each Preset
De-Emphasis Variation
• Start De-Emphasis
• Stop De-Emphasis
• De-Emphasis Step Size
BER Measurement
• BER Mode
• Target BER
• Confidence Level
Pre-Shoot Variation
• Start Pre-shoot

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 469
9 8.0 GT/s CEM Tests

• Stop Pre-shoot
• Pre-shoot Step Size
Equalization for remaining Rx Tests
• Allow user to enter optimum equalization for remaining Rx tests
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 9, “PCIe Receiver
Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 8G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration on page 421.
• 8G Random Jitter Calibration on page 429.
• 8G Sinusoidal Jitter Calibration on page 435.
• 8G DMSI Calibration on page 440.
• 8G Eye-Height and Width Calibration on page 444.

470 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s CEM Tests 9

Result Description (similar to that for 8.0GT/s ASIC Rx Tests)

Figure 277 Result for 8.0 GT/s CEM Rx De-Emphasis Scan

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 471
9 8.0 GT/s CEM Tests

• x-column [dB]: The de-emphasis level added to the signal at each step.
• BER for De-Emphasis Scan: The BER measured at each step.

Figure 278 Result for 8.0 GT/s CEM Rx Pre-Shoot Scan

472 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s CEM Tests 9

• x-column [dB]: The pre-shoot level added to the signal at each step.
• BER for Pre-Shoot Scan: The BER measured at each step.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 473
9 8.0 GT/s CEM Tests

8G Rx Preset Pre-Compliance Test

Purpose and Method

This test determines if the DUT meets the receiver specifications for
different presets.
Eye-height, eye-width and sinusoidal jitter are set to the specified values.
Eye-height and eye-width are generated adding the adequate amount of
random jitter and DMSI.
The procedure measures the number of errors during “BER Measurement
duration” and checks if the “Target BER” is met. In this procedure, presets
P7 and P8 are tested.
Figure 279 and Figure 280 show the connection diagram for Add-in cards
for M8040A and M8020A, respectively. Figure 281 and Figure 282 show
the connection diagram for Systems for M8040A and M8020A,
respectively. Note that the setup can differ depending on the clock
architecture and external reference clock selections.

Figure 279 Setup for 8.0GT/s CEM Add-In-Card Receiver Tests M8040A

474 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s CEM Tests 9

Figure 280 Setup for 8.0GT/s CEM Add-In-Card Receiver Tests M8020A

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 475
9 8.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Figure 281 Setup for 8.0GT/s CEM Systems Receiver Tests M8040A

476 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s CEM Tests 9

Figure 282 Setup for 8.0GT/s CEM Systems Receiver Tests M8020A

Parameters in Expert Mode

Loopback Training
• Enable Impairments for Loopback Training
Eye Parameter
• Eye Height
• Eye Width
• Differential Mode Sinusoidal Interference: The amount of DMSI, which
must be added to achieve the desired eye height and eye width in
combination with RJ.
• Random Jitter: The amount of RJ, which must be added to achieve the
desired eye height and eye width in combination with DMSI.
• Sinusoidal Jitter: 12.5ps of SJ must be added for this test.
• Sinusoidal Jitter Frequency
BER Measurement
• BER Measurement Duration
• Target BER

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 477
9 8.0 GT/s CEM Tests

For description of the parameters, refer to Table 9, “PCIe Receiver


Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 8G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration on page 421.
• 8G Random Jitter Calibration on page 429.
• 8G Sinusoidal Jitter Calibration on page 435.
• 8G DMSI Calibration on page 440.
• 8G Eye-Height and Width Calibration on page 444.

478 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s CEM Tests 9

Result Description

Figure 283 Result for 8.0 GT/s CEM Preset Pre-Compliance Test

• Result: The BER measured should be smaller than the Target BER.
• Preset: The Preset that was tested.
• Target BER: Max. BER allowed to pass the test.
• Measured BER

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 479
9 8.0 GT/s CEM Tests

8G Rx Pre-Compliance Test

Purpose and Method

This test determines if the DUT meets the receiver specifications for Preset
P7 only.
Eye-height, eye-width and sinusoidal jitter are set to the specified values.
Eye-height and eye-width are generated adding the adequate amount of
random jitter and DMSI.
The procedure measures the number of errors during “BER Measurement
duration” and checks if the “Target BER” is met.
Figure 284 and Figure 285 show the connection diagram for Add-in cards
for M8040A and M8020A, respectively. Figure 286 and Figure 287 show
the connection diagram for Systems for M8040A and M8020A,
respectively. Note that the setup can differ depending on the clock
architecture and external reference clock selections.

Figure 284 Setup for 8.0GT/s CEM Add-In-Card Receiver Tests M8040A

480 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s CEM Tests 9

Figure 285 Setup for 8.0GT/s CEM Add-In-Card Receiver Tests M8020A

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 481
9 8.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Figure 286 Setup for 8.0GT/s CEM Systems Receiver Tests M8040A

482 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s CEM Tests 9

Figure 287 Setup for 8.0GT/s CEM Systems Receiver Tests M8020A

Parameters in Expert Mode

Loopback Training
• Enable Impairments for Loopback Training
Eye Parameter
• Eye Height
• Eye Width
• Differential Mode Sinusoidal Interference: The amount of DMSI, which
must be added to achieve the desired eye height and eye width in
combination with RJ.
• Random Jitter: The amount of RJ, which must be added to achieve the
desired eye height and eye width in combination with DMSI.
• Sinusoidal Jitter: 12.5ps of SJ must be added for this test.
• Sinusoidal Jitter Frequency
BER Measurement
• BER Mode
• BER Measurement Duration

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 483
9 8.0 GT/s CEM Tests

• Target BER
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 9, “PCIe Receiver
Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 8G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration on page 421.
• 8G Random Jitter Calibration on page 429.
• 8G Sinusoidal Jitter Calibration on page 435.
• 8G DMSI Calibration on page 440.
• 8G Eye-Height and Width Calibration on page 444.

484 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s CEM Tests 9

Result Description

Figure 288 Result for 8.0 GT/s CEM Pre-Compliance Test

• Result: The BER measured should be smaller than the Target BER.
• Target BER: Max. BER allowed to pass the test.
• Measured BER

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 485
9 8.0 GT/s CEM Tests

8G Rx Jitter Tolerance Test

Purpose and Method

The Rx Jitter Tolerance Test determines how much jitter a DUT can
tolerate at different SJ frequencies.
The test procedure applies a search algorithm that is sequentially used
over a range of jitter frequencies. The range of frequencies to be tested is
defined with the “Frequency Mode” property. At each jitter frequency
value, the maximum jitter amplitude where the DUT produced no more bit
errors than the Number of Allowed Bit Errors is stored as the max. passed
jitter value. The result is a curve that shows the maximum jitter that the
DUT can tolerate over the SJ frequency.
There are different methods to find the maximum passed jitter amplitude.
It can be selected with “search algorithm” parameters, such as: Binary,
Linear, Linear with two sizes, Linear with Hysteresis or Logarithmic.
• If Binary is selected, the binary search algorithm is used. At first, the
jitter amplitude is set to the middle of the tested range. When the BER
test passes, it goes up and when the test fails, it goes down, At each
step, the step size is reduced until the target resolution is reached.
• If Linear is selected, the test uses the defined step size to go up linearly
from “Start Jitter” until the BER test fails.
• If Linear with two step size is selected, the test first uses relatively large
steps to go up linearly from “Start Jitter”. When BER test fails, it goes
back to the last passed point and steps up again with small steps until
an error is found again.
• If Linear with Hysteresis is selected, the test first uses relatively large
steps to go up linearly from “Start Jitter”. When BER test fails, it goes
back down with mid-sized steps until it passes again. From that point, it
steps up again with small steps until an error is found again.
• If Logarithmic is selected, the test uses the defined step factor to
increase with a logarithmic scale from “Start Jitter” until the BER test
fails.
Figure 289 and Figure 290 show the connection diagram for Add-in cards
for M8040A and M8020A, respectively. Figure 291 and Figure 292 show
the connection diagram for Systems for M8040A and M8020A,
respectively. Note that the setup can differ depending on the clock
architecture and external reference clock selections.

486 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s CEM Tests 9

Figure 289 Setup for 8.0GT/s CEM Add-In-Card Receiver Tests M8040A

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 487
9 8.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Figure 290 Setup for 8.0GT/s CEM Add-In-Card Receiver Tests M8020A

488 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s CEM Tests 9

Figure 291 Setup for 8.0GT/s CEM Systems Receiver Tests M8040A

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 489
9 8.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Figure 292 Setup for 8.0GT/s CEM Systems Receiver Tests M8020A

Parameters in Expert Mode

Sinusoidal Jitter Variation


• Frequency Mode
• If the option ‘User Defined Frequencies’ is selected, parameter is:
• Frequency Points
• If the option ‘Single Frequency’ is selected, parameter is:
• Jitter frequencies
• If the option ‘Equally Spaced Frequencies’ is selected, parameter is:
• Frequency Scale
• Start frequency
• Stop frequency
• Frequency Steps
• Search algorithm
• Jitter Step Size
• Jitter Start Value
• Show Min. Failed Points

490 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s CEM Tests 9

Parameter
• Use Compliance RJ and DMSI values
• Differential Mode Sinusoidal Interference
• Random Jitter
• Force retraining on each frequency
BER Measurement
• BER Mode
• BER Measurement Duration
• Allowed Bit Error
• Target BER
• Confidence Level
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 9, “PCIe Receiver
Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 8G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration on page 421.
• 8G Random Jitter Calibration on page 429.
• 8G Sinusoidal Jitter Calibration on page 435.
• 8G DMSI Calibration on page 440.
• 8G Eye-Height and Width Calibration on page 444.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 491
9 8.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Result Description (similar to that for 8.0GT/s ASIC Rx Tests)

Figure 293 Result for 8.0 GT/s CEM Rx Jitter Tolerance Test

492 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s CEM Tests 9

• Result: “Pass”/“Fail”, if the BER test at a specific frequency is passed,


the value is “Pass” otherwise “Fail”.
• SJ Frequency: The value of SJ frequency applied to the test signal.
• Min Failed Jitter: The first value of SJ amplitude where the DUT didn’t
pass the BER test at a specific frequency.
• Max Passed Jitter: The maximum value of SJ that the DUT can tolerate
at a specific SJ frequency.
• Jitter Capability: The maximum value of jitter that the test setup can
generate at a specific SJ frequency.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 493
9 8.0 GT/s CEM Tests

8G Rx Sensitivity Test

Purpose and Method

This test searches the minimum eye-height, where the DUT passes the
BER test.
The method starts with “Start Eye Height” and decreases with steps of
“Step Size”. The minimum passed value is the last test point that did not
return an error. Eye height is generated, thereby, changing the Differential
Mode Sinusoidal Interference; the random jitter is fixed to the compliance
value.
Figure 294 and Figure 295 show the connection diagram for Add-in cards
for M8040A and M8020A, respectively. Figure 296 and Figure 297 show
the connection diagram for Systems for M8040A and M8020A,
respectively. Note that the setup can differ depending on the clock
architecture and external reference clock selections.

Figure 294 Setup for 8.0GT/s CEM Add-In-Card Receiver Tests M8040A

494 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s CEM Tests 9

Figure 295 Setup for 8.0GT/s CEM Add-In-Card Receiver Tests M8020A

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 495
9 8.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Figure 296 Setup for 8.0GT/s CEM Systems Receiver Tests M8040A

496 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s CEM Tests 9

Figure 297 Setup for 8.0GT/s CEM Systems Receiver Tests M8020A

Parameters in Expert Mode

Sensitivity Variation
• Start Eye Height
• Stop Eye Height
• Eye Height Step Size
Parameter
• Random Jitter
• Sinusoidal Jitter
• Sinusoidal Jitter Frequency
BER Measurement
• BER Mode
• BER Measurement Duration
• Allowed Bit Error
• Target BER
• Confidence Level

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 497
9 8.0 GT/s CEM Tests

For description of the parameters, refer to Table 9, “PCIe Receiver


Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 8G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration on page 421.
• 8G Random Jitter Calibration on page 429.
• 8G Sinusoidal Jitter Calibration on page 435.
• 8G DMSI Calibration on page 440.
• 8G Eye-Height and Width Calibration on page 444.

498 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s CEM Tests 9

Result Description

Figure 298 Result for 8.0 GT/s CEM Rx Sensitivity Test

• Result: Pass, if the main passed eye-height is lower than the


specification limit.
• Max Passed Eye Height: This is the maximum value of eye-height that
the DUT can tolerate.
• Spec Limit: This is the minimum value of eye-height that the DUT
should tolerate according to the specifications.
• Margin: Ratio between the min. eye height tolerated and the minimum
defined in the specifications.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 499
9 8.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Link Equalization Receiver Tests

Common Parameters for Link Equalization Receiver Tests

Power Switch Automation


• Use Power Switch Automation
• Power Switch Channel Number
• Power Cycle Off-On Duration
• Power Cycle Settling Time
• Power Cycle Max. Retries

Common Parameters specific for Data Rates

Loopback Training
• Interactive Training Script File
• Suppress Loopback Training Messages
• Use Custom Training Voltage
Interactive Link Training
• Generator Full Swing
• Generator Start Preset
• DUT Initial Preset
• DUT Target Preset
• Drop Link Method
Error Detector
• Use CDR
• CDR Loop Bandwidth
• Peaking
• Analyzer Equalization
• Sensitivity
• Capture and Compare Mode
• Pause before Auto-Align
• Polarity
BER Measurement
• Relax Time
All these parameter are described in detail in the section PCIe Parameters
on page 50.

500 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s CEM Tests 9

8G LEQ Rx Compliance Test

Purpose and Method

These tests use the interactive link training feature of the J-BERT to enable
the DUT to negotiate the generator transmitter preset that must be used.
The Compliance Test for Add-in Cards can be divided in two phases. In the
first phase, the CBB rev.3 is used and the starting generator transmitter
presets are P7 and P8. In the second phase, the CBB rev.2 is used and the
starting generator transmitter presets are P1, P7 and P8.
The Compliance Test for System Boards consists of one phase, which use
CLB rev.3.
Figure 299 and Figure 300 show the connection diagram for Add-in cards
for M8040A and M8020A, respectively. Figure 301 and Figure 302 show
the connection diagram for Systems for M8040A and M8020A,
respectively. Note that the setup can differ depending on the clock
architecture and external reference clock selections.

Figure 299 Setup for 8.0GT/s CEM Add-In-Card Receiver Tests M8040A

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 501
9 8.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Figure 300 Setup for 8.0GT/s CEM Add-In-Card Receiver Tests M8020A

502 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s CEM Tests 9

Figure 301 Setup for 8.0GT/s CEM Systems Receiver Tests M8040A

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 503
9 8.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Figure 302 Setup for 8.0GT/s CEM Systems Receiver Tests M8020A

Parameters in Expert Mode

Loopback Training
• Enable Impairments for Loopback Training
Parameter
• Eye Height
• Eye Width
• Differential Mode Sinusoidal Interference: The amount of DMSI, which
must be added to achieve the desired eye height and eye width in
combination with RJ.
• Random Jitter: The amount of RJ, which must be added to achieve the
desired eye height and eye width in combination with DMSI.
• Sinusoidal Jitter: 12.5ps of SJ that must be added for this test.
• Sinusoidal Jitter Frequency
BER Measurement
• BER Measurement Duration
• Target BER

504 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s CEM Tests 9

For description of the parameters, refer to Table 9, “PCIe Receiver


Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 8G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration on page 421.
• 8G Random Jitter Calibration on page 429.
• 8G Sinusoidal Jitter Calibration on page 435.
• 8G DMSI Calibration on page 440.
• 8G Eye-Height and Width Calibration on page 444.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 505
9 8.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Result Description

Figure 303 Result for 8.0 GT/s CEM LEQ Rx Compliance Test

• Result: The BER measured should be smaller than the Target BER.
• Initial Generator Preset: Initial Generator Preset (used for Add-in Card
only).
• Final Generator Preset: Final Generator Preset (requested by the DUT).
• Final Generator Pre-Shoot [dB]: The pre-shoot sent by the generator.
• Final Generator De-Emphasis [dB]: The de-emphasis sent by the
generator after the negotiation.

506 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s CEM Tests 9

• Allowed Bit Errors: Number of allowed bit errors to pass the test.
• Measured Bit Errors: Number of measured bit errors after the BER test.

8G LEQ Rx Jitter Tolerance Test

Purpose and Method

This test characterizes how much jitter a DUT can tolerate at different
frequencies of sinusoidal jitter.
It uses the interactive link training feature of the JBERT to enable the DUT
to negotiate the generator transmitter preset that must be used. Once the
equalization training is finished and the DUT is in loopback mode, the test
behaves in the same manner as the 8G Rx Jitter Tolerance Test. See 8G Rx
Jitter Tolerance Test on page 486.

8G LEQ Rx Sensitivity Test

Purpose and Method

This test searches the minimum eye height where the DUT passes the BER
test. It uses the interactive link training feature of the JBERT to enable the
DUT to negotiate the generator transmitter preset that must be used.
Once the equalization training is finished and the DUT is in loopback
mode, the test behaves in the same manner as the 8G Rx Sensitivity Test.
See 8G Rx Sensitivity Test on page 494.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 507
9 8.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Link Equalization Transmitter Tests

Common Parameters for Link Equalization Transmitter Tests

• Scope connection for Link EQ Tx Tests


• Generator Output Voltage Compensation
• Skip BER Check
Power Switch Automation
• Use Power Switch Automation
• Power Switch Channel Number
• Power Cycle Off-On Duration
• Power Cycle Settling Time
• Power Cycle Max. Retries

Common Parameters specific for Data Rates

Loopback Training
• Link EQ Tx Test Script File
• Generator Start Preset
Error Detector
• Sensitivity
All these parameter are described in detail in the sectionPCIe Parameters
on page 50.

508 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s CEM Tests 9

8G LEQ Tx Initial Preset Compliance Test

Purpose and Method

This test is valid for End Point DUTs (or Add-In Cards or devices) only. It
uses the interactive link training feature of the JBERT.
The JBERT runs the link training, setting several initial equalization
transmitter presets on the DUT and skipping the link equalization phase.
Once the DUT is in loopback, the DUT signal is captured and analyzed to
check whether or not the DUT is using the preset requested by the JBERT.

Figure 304 Setup for 8.0GT/s CEM Add-In Card LEQ Tx Tests M8040A

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 509
9 8.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Figure 305 Setup for 8.0GT/s CEM Add-In Card LEQ Tx Tests M8020A

510 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s CEM Tests 9

Result Description (similar to that for 8.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations)

Figure 306 Result for 8.0 GT/s CEM LEQ Tx Initial Preset Compliance Test

• Result: The measured Pre-Shoot and De-Emphasis must be within the


specification limits.
• DUT Initial Preset: Set by the JBERT.
• Pre-Shoot [dB]: Measured Pre-Shoot on the DUT waveform.
• Min Spec PS [dB]: Pre-Shoot lower specification limit.
• Max Spec PS [dB]: Pre-Shoot upper specification limit.
• De-Emphasis [dB]: Measured De-Emphasis on the DUT waveform.
• Min Spec DE [dB]: De-Emphasis lower specification limit.
• Max Spec DE [dB]: De-Emphasis upper specification limit.
• Comment: A comment can be added to each test step if fails,
explaining the reason.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 511
9 8.0 GT/s CEM Tests

8G LEQ Tx Response Time Compliance Test

Purpose and Method

This test uses the interactive link training feature of the JBERT to train the
DUT into loopback mode, running the link equalization phase completely.
A certain initial transmitter preset is set to the DUT. A successful link
training raises an event, which is used to capture the waveforms of the
JBERT and the DUT. At that moment, the captured waveform from the
JBERT contains the preset change request and the waveform from the
DUT contains the acknowledgment of that request. Additionally, waveform
from the DUT also contains the physical transition from the initial
transmitter preset to the requested preset.
The captured data is decoded and two time-spans are calculated: one
between the request and the acknowledgment, and other between the
request and the electrical transition.
Finally, once the DUT is in the loopback mode, a similar preset
measurement is performed for the Initial Preset.
The test is divided in two parts. In the first part, the JBERT requests for
transmitter presets. In the second part, the JBERT requests the
pre-cursor, cursor and post-cursor reported by the DUT.
For End Point DUTs (or Add-In Cards or devices), the initial transmitter
preset is set by the JBERT. For RootComplex DUTs (or Systems or Hosts),
you must manually set the DUT initial transmitter preset.

512 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s CEM Tests 9

Figure 307 Setup for 8.0GT/s CEM Add-In Card LEQ Tx Tests M8040A

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 513
9 8.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Figure 308 Setup for 8.0GT/s CEM Add-In Card LEQ Tx Tests M8020A

514 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s CEM Tests 9

Figure 309 Setup for 8.0GT/s CEM Systems LEQ Tx Tests M8040A

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 515
9 8.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Figure 310 Setup for 8.0GT/s CEM Systems LEQ Tx Tests M8020A

Parameters in Expert Mode

Parameter
• Max Number of Retries: If the acquired data cannot be decoded, the
link training can be repeated to get new data.
• Scope visible range: Waveform range, used at the moment when the
link equalization phase is performed.
Oscilloscope
• Scope Horizontal Range
• Scope Request Vertical Range
• Scope Response Vertical Range

516 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s CEM Tests 9

Result Description (similar to that for 8.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations)

Figure 311 Result for 8.0 GT/s CEM LEQ Tx Response Time Compliance

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 517
9 8.0 GT/s CEM Tests

• Result: Max. passed Jitter should be bigger than Min. Specification.


• DUT Target Preset: The transmitter preset that is requested to the DUT
at each step.
• Electrical response time [ns]: The calculated timespan between the
request from the JBERT and the physical preset transition on the DUT
waveform.
• Protocol response time [ns]: The calculated timespan between the
request from the JBERT and the acknowledgment.
• Pre-Shoot [dB]: The measured Pre-Shoot on the DUT waveform.
• Min Spec ps [dB]: The pre-Shoot lower specification limit.
• Max Spec ps [dB]: The pre-Shoot upper specification limit.
• De-Emphasis [dB]: The measured De-Emphasis on the DUT waveform.
• Min Spec DE[dB]: The De-Emphasis lower specification limit.
• Max Spec DE[dB]: The De-Emphasis upper specification limit.
• Comment: A comment can be added to each test step.

518 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s CEM Tests 9

Receiver Setup Tests

Common Parameters for Receiver Setup Tests

• Reference Clock
Power Switch Automation
• Use Power Switch Automation
• Power Switch Channel Number
• Power Cycle Off-On Duration
• Power Cycle Settling Time
• Power Cycle Max. Retries

Common Parameters specific for Data Rates

• Data Rate Deviation

Common Parameters specific for Lanes

• Use Preset
• Generator Preset
• Pre-shoot
• De-Emphasis
All these parameter are described in detail in the sectionPCIe Parameters
on page 50.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 519
9 8.0 GT/s CEM Tests

8G Rx Compliance Setup

This procedure is only available if specification version is selected as


NOTE 'Gen3'.

Purpose and Method

The purpose of this procedure is to configure the data generator with the
parameters needed in the 8G Rx Pre-Compliance Test using the
calibration data saved on the machine where N5991A software is running.
The method initiates in the same manner as the Pre-Compliance test but it
does not run completely; it only leaves the setup prepared. The set
parameters are the eye height and the eye width.
Figure 312 and Figure 313 show the connection diagram for Add-in cards
for M8040A and M8020A, respectively. Figure 314 and Figure 315 show
the connection diagram for Systems for M8040A and M8020A,
respectively. Note that the setup can differ depending on the clock
architecture and external reference clock selections.

Figure 312 Setup for 8.0GT/s CEM Add-In-Card Receiver Setup Tests M8040A

520 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s CEM Tests 9

Figure 313 Setup for 8.0GT/s CEM Add-In-Card Receiver Setup Tests M8020A

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 521
9 8.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Figure 314 Setup for 8.0GT/s CEM Systems Receiver Setup Tests M8040A

522 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s CEM Tests 9

Figure 315 Setup for 8.0GT/s CEM Systems Receiver Setup Tests M8020A

Parameters in Expert Mode


• Eye Height
• Eye Width
• Differential Mode Sinusoidal Interference: The amount of DMSI, which
must be added to the signal to achieve the desired eye-height and
eye-width in combination with the RJ.
• Random Jitter: The amount of RJ, which must be added to the signal to
achieve the desired eye-height and eye-width in combination with the
DMSI.
• Sinusoidal Jitter: 12.5ps of SJ must be added for this test.
• Sinusoidal Jitter Frequency
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 9, “PCIe Receiver
Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 8G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration on page 421.
• 8G Random Jitter Calibration on page 429.
• 8G Sinusoidal Jitter Calibration on page 435.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 523
9 8.0 GT/s CEM Tests

• 8G DMSI Calibration on page 440.


• 8G Eye-Height and Width Calibration on page 444.

Result Description
• None.

524 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software
Platform
User Guide

10 16.0 GT/s CEM Tests


Overview / 526
16.0 GT/s CEM Calibrations / 527
Receiver Tests / 613
Link Equalization Receiver Tests / 646
Link Equalization Transmitter Tests / 648
Receiver Setup Tests / 659
10 16.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Overview

Before any receiver test procedure can be run, the PCIe receiver test
system must be calibrated.
The ValiFrame calibration plane is given by the DUT input ports. The
receiver test signal characteristics such as the PCIe signal generator
output voltage level and jitter parameters are typically affected by the
signal transmission between the generator output ports and the DUT input
ports. Thus, for any signal output parameter that you select (set value), the
jitter and the signal received at the DUT input ports (actual value) deviate
from the set value. Additional deviations can be caused by effects such as
offset errors, hysteresis, and nonlinear behavior of the signal generator.
The ValiFrame calibration procedures compensate for the deviations of the
relevant signal output parameter actual values from the set values over the
required parameter range.
All calibration procedures required for PCIe receiver testing are included in
the ValiFrame software. The ValiFrame calibration procedures are
implemented such that the calibration process is conducted as fast as
possible and is automated as much as possible, for example, by minimizing
the number of re-configuration of the hardware connections.

Common Parameters for 16.0 GT/s CEM Calibrations

Data rate specific parameters:


• Start With Minimum Loss Channel
• Scope Connection for Calibration
For the description of each parameter, refer to Table 6, “PCIe Common
Calibration Parameters”.

526 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s CEM Tests 10

16.0 GT/s CEM Calibrations

16G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration

Purpose and Method

This procedure calibrates the De-Emphasis, Pre-shoot and DC amplitude


at TP1.
The pattern generator sends an equalization pattern to the oscilloscope
and performs a sweep of the whole equalization range.
First, the pre-cursor is set to the initial value (-0.28dB). For this set value,
the post cursor is swept from -0.28 to 0.02dB with linear steps of 0.02dB.
At each post-cursor value, the de-emphasis, pre-shoot and differential
voltage are measured with the oscilloscope. Then, the pre-cursor is
increased with a step size of 0.02dB and the process is repeated until
0.02dB is attained. The Launch Voltage is always fixed to 800mV.

The procedure explained above is specific for the M8040A data


NOTE generator setup. For the M8020A setup, the procedure is very similar but
the sweep is not performed over the pre-cursor and post-cursor values.
In this case, the sweep is performed directly for the de-emphasis (from
-6dB to 2dB) and pre-shoot (from 6dB to -1dB).
As result, three calibration data tables are generated. Then, in further
procedures, these calibrations are used to set equalization values that
provide the desired de-emphasis, pre-shoot and voltage in the test point.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 527
10 16.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Figure 316 to Figure 319 show the connection diagrams for calibrations at
TP1.

Figure 316 Setup for 16.0GT/s CEM Calibrations (TP1, No TTC, DSOz, M8040A)

Figure 317 Setup for 16.0GT/s CEM Calibrations (TP1, No TTC, 2CH DSO, M8040A)

528 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s CEM Tests 10

Figure 318 Setup for 16.0GT/s CEM Calibrations (TP1, With TTC, M8040A)

Figure 319 Setup for 16.0GT/s CEM Calibrations (TP1, M8020A)

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 529
10 16.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Parameters in Expert Mode


• EQ Calibration Pattern
• Verification Mode
Generator
• Set Amplitude
Oscilloscope
• Scope Bandwidth
• Number of Waveform Averages
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 8, “PCIe Calibration
Parameters”.

530 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s CEM Tests 10

Result Description (similar to that for 8.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations)

Figure 320 Result for 16.0 GT/s TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration (Pre-shoot)

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 531
10 16.0 GT/s CEM Tests

• Set Random Jitter: The jitter amplitude set in the instrument.


• C+1 (x dB): The Pre-shoot measured for the combination of post-cursor
(x dB) and pre-cursor values set on the data generator.

Figure 321 Result for 16.0 GT/s TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration (De-Emphasis)

532 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s CEM Tests 10

• Set Post-Cursor: The post-cursor value set in the data generator.


• C-1 (x dB): The De-Emphasis measured for the combination of
post-cursor and pre-cursor values set on the data generator.

Figure 322 Result for 16.0 GT/s TxEQ and Launch Voltage Cal (Launch Voltage)

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 533
10 16.0 GT/s CEM Tests

• Set Post-Cursor: The post-cursor value set in the data generator.


• C-1 (x dB): The Differential voltage amplitude measured for the
combination of post-cursor and pre-cursor values set on the data
generator.

534 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s CEM Tests 10

16G RJ Calibration

Purpose and Method

While performing Rx tests, the input signal is stressed with a combination


of jitter sources to simulate the possible impairments that are expected at
the Rx input when operating in a target system. Random jitter is added to
simulate the effects of thermal noise. Due to system intrinsic jitter, the
effective jitter level is different from the value set in the data generator;
therefore, jitter amplitude is calibrated.
The test automation starts with a small RJ amplitude and increases that
value with several steps over a defined range. For each step, the procedure
measures the actual random jitter.
The generator sends a clock pattern during this calibration procedure.
The measurement is done using a real-time oscilloscope
RJ/DJ-separation software EZJIT or the SigTest Application.
The calibration data is stored in a Cal-table. This calibration table is used
during measurements to calculate the RJ amplitude that must be set on
the generator to get the expected RJ amplitude at the test point.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 535
10 16.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Figure 323 to Figure 326 show the connection diagrams for calibrations at
TP1.

Figure 323 Setup for 16.0GT/s CEM Calibrations (TP1, No TTC, DSOz, M8040A)

For DSOz without TCCs, the oscilloscope connections must be changed


NOTE from HF channels to LF channels.

Figure 324 Setup for 16.0GT/s CEM Calibrations (TP1, No TTC, 2CH DSO, M8040A)

536 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s CEM Tests 10

Figure 325 Setup for 16.0GT/s CEM Calibrations (TP1, With TTC, M8040A)

Figure 326 Setup for 16.0GT/s CEM Calibrations (TP1, M8020A)

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 537
10 16.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Parameters in Expert Mode


• Verification Mode
Generator
• Pre-shoot
• De-Emphasis
• Generator Voltage
Oscilloscope
• Scope Bandwidth
• Number of Averages
• Number of UIs
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 8, “PCIe Calibration
Parameters”.

538 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s CEM Tests 10

Result Description (similar to that for 8.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations)

Figure 327 Result for 16.0 GT/s CEM Random Jitter Calibration

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 539
10 16.0 GT/s CEM Tests

• Set Random Jitter: The jitter amplitude set in the instrument.


• Measured Random Jitter: The measured jitter amplitude.

540 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s CEM Tests 10

16G LF SJ Calibration

Purpose and Method

This procedure calibrates the sinusoidal jitter amplitude for a set of low
frequencies (200KMHz, 500KHz, 1MHz, 2MHz and 4MHz).
The test automation starts with small SJ amplitude and increases that
value with several steps over a defined range. For each step, the procedure
measures the actual sinusoidal jitter for all the frequencies. The
measurement is done using a real-time oscilloscope RJ/DJ-separation
software EZJIT or the SigTest Application.
The calibration data is stored in a Cal-table. This calibration table is used
during measurements to adjust the SJ amplitude to the desired output SJ
amplitudes.
Figure 328 to Figure 331 show the connection diagrams for calibrations at
TP1.

Figure 328 Setup for 16.0GT/s CEM Calibrations (TP1, No TTC, DSOz, M8040A)

For DSOz without TCCs, the oscilloscope connections must be changed


NOTE from HF channels to LF channels.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 541
10 16.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Figure 329 Setup for 16.0GT/s CEM Calibrations (TP1, No TTC, 2CH DSO, M8040A)

Figure 330 Setup for 16.0GT/s CEM Calibrations (TP1, With TTC, M8040A)

542 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s CEM Tests 10

Figure 331 Setup for 16.0GT/s CEM Calibrations (TP1, M8020A)

Parameters in Expert Mode

Generator
• Pre-shoot
• De-Emphasis
• Generator Voltage
Oscilloscope
• Scope Bandwidth
• Number of Averages
• Number of UIs
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 8, “PCIe Calibration
Parameters”.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 543
10 16.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Result Description (similar to that for 16.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations)

Figure 332 Result for 16.0 GT/s CEM LF SJ Calibration

544 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s CEM Tests 10

• Set SJ: The SJ jitter amplitude set in the instrument.


• SJ (x frequency): The measured sinusoidal jitter amplitude for the set SJ
amplitude and frequency.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 545
10 16.0 GT/s CEM Tests

16G HF SJ Calibration

Purpose and Method

This procedure calibrates the sinusoidal jitter amplitude for a set of high
frequencies (5MHz, 10MHz and 100MHz).
The test automation starts with small SJ amplitude and increases that
value with several steps over a defined range. For each step, the procedure
measures the actual sinusoidal jitter for all the frequencies. The
measurement is done using a real-time oscilloscope RJ/DJ-separation
software EZJIT or the SigTest Application.
The calibration data is stored in a Cal-table. This calibration table is used
during measurements to adjust the SJ amplitude to the desired output SJ
amplitudes.
Figure 333 to Figure 336 show the connection diagrams for calibrations at
TP1.

Figure 333 Setup for 16.0GT/s CEM Calibrations (TP1, No TTC, DSOz, M8040A)

For DSOz without TCCs, the oscilloscope connections must be changed


NOTE from HF channels to LF channels.

546 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s CEM Tests 10

Figure 334 Setup for 16.0GT/s CEM Calibrations (TP1, No TTC, 2CH DSO, M8040A)

Figure 335 Setup for 16.0GT/s CEM Calibrations (TP1, With TTC, M8040A)

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 547
10 16.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Figure 336 Setup for 16.0GT/s CEM Calibrations (TP1, M8020A)

Parameters in Expert Mode

Generator
• Pre-shoot
• De-Emphasis
• Generator Voltage
Oscilloscope
• Scope Bandwidth
• Number of Averages
• Number of UIs
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 8, “PCIe Calibration
Parameters”.

548 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s CEM Tests 10

Result Description (similar to that for 16.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations)

Figure 337 Result for 16.0 GT/s CEM HF SJ Calibration

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 549
10 16.0 GT/s CEM Tests

• Set SJ: The SJ jitter amplitude set in the instrument.


• SJ (x frequency): The measured sinusoidal jitter amplitude for the set SJ
amplitude and frequency.

550 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s CEM Tests 10

16G Unit Interval Calibration

Purpose and Method

This procedure is only required when the SigTest software is used. It


measures the unit interval of the signal.
The test automation sends a clean signal without adding any jitter sources.
Then, the actual unit interval is measured with the oscilloscope.
The calibration data is stored in a Cal-table. This calibration table is used
to measure eye height and eye width with SigTest.
Figure 338 to Figure 341 show the connection diagrams for calibrations at
TP1.

Figure 338 Setup for 16.0GT/s CEM Calibrations (TP1, No TTC, DSOz, M8040A)

For DSOz without TCCs, the oscilloscope connections must be changed


NOTE from HF channels to LF channels.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 551
10 16.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Figure 339 Setup for 16.0GT/s CEM Calibrations (TP1, No TTC, 2CH DSO, M8040A)

Figure 340 Setup for 16.0GT/s CEM Calibrations (TP1, With TTC, M8040A)

552 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s CEM Tests 10

Figure 341 Setup for 16.0GT/s CEM Calibrations (TP1, M8020A)

Parameters in Expert Mode

Generator
• Pre-shoot
• De-Emphasis
• Generator Voltage
Oscilloscope
• Scope Bandwidth
• Number of Averages
• Number of UIs
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 8, “PCIe Calibration
Parameters”.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 553
10 16.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Result Description (similar to that for 16.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations)

Figure 342 Result for 16.0 GT/s CEM Unit Interval Calibration

• Mean Unit Interval [ps]: The unit interval measured.

554 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s CEM Tests 10

16G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Measurement

Purpose and Method

This procedure sets the calibrated Differential Voltage, Pre-Shoot and


De-Emphasis values at TP1 and re-measure them. The measurement can
be repeated as many times as a new impairment combination is selected.
The procedure is useful to check if the TxEQ and Launch Voltage
Calibration is correct and the desired values at TP1 can be achieved.
It is only available in “Expert Mode” when the “Include Advanced
Measurement” option is selected. To set this option, refer toPCIe
Parameters on page 50.
Figure 343 to Figure 346 show the connection diagrams for calibrations at
TP1.

Figure 343 Setup for 16.0GT/s CEM Calibrations (TP1, No TTC, DSOz, M8040A)

For DSOz without TCCs, the oscilloscope connections must be changed


NOTE from HF channels to LF channels.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 555
10 16.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Figure 344 Setup for 16.0GT/s CEM Calibrations (TP1, No TTC, 2CH DSO, M8040A)

Figure 345 Setup for 16.0GT/s CEM Calibrations (TP1, With TTC, M8040A)

556 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s CEM Tests 10

Figure 346 Setup for 16.0GT/s CEM Calibrations (TP1, M8020A)

Parameters in Expert Mode


• EQ Calibration Pattern
Generator
• Pre-shoot
• De-Emphasis
• Generator Voltage
Oscilloscope
• Scope Bandwidth
• Number of Averages
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 8, “PCIe Calibration
Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 16G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration on page 527.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 557
10 16.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Result Description (similar to that for 16.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations)

Figure 347 Result for 16.0 GT/s CEM Tx EQ and Launch Voltage Measurement

• Pre-Shoot [dB]: The pre-shoot value set at the signal generator.


• De-Emphasis [dB]: The de-emphasis value set at the signal generator.
• Generator Voltage [mV]: The generator voltage value set at the signal
generator.
• Measured Pre-Shoot [dB]: The pre-shoot measured with the scope.
• Measured De-Emphasis [dB]: The de-emphasis measured with the
scope.
• Measured Differential Voltage [dB]: The generator measured with the
scope.

558 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s CEM Tests 10

16G Insertion Loss Calibration

Purpose and Method

The Insertion Loss (IL) of the calibration channels + the replica channel
must be in a well-defined range. This procedure calibrates the insertion
loss for different hardware traces.
If the “Measurement Method” parameter is set to 'VNA (manual)', the
procedure does not perform any measurement. At the beginning of the
calibration, it is necessary to specify the variable ISI pair numbers that
generate a channel loss of -27dB, -28dB and -30dB, respectively. In this
case, the var. ISI pair number for the certain channels must be determined
manually by a VNA. The package loss must be added to VNA IL value. With
these values, the procedure calculates for every ISI trace the insertion loss
from 1GHz to 8GHz with steps of 100MHz. This is the default and the
recommended method.
If the “Measurement Method” parameter is set to 'Step Response', the test
automation calibrates several traces given by the parameters “Trace
Number Start Value” and “Trace Number Stop Value”. For every ISI trace,
the insertion loss is measured from 1GHz to 8GHz with steps of 100MHz.
The Insertion Loss is measured using the Seasim software.
The calibration data is stored in a Cal-table. This calibration table is used
to evaluate the optimum ISI trace for the Rx tests.

A compensation of -1.0dB is applied at 8GHz because of 1m length SMA


NOTE cable connected to the generator. This cable counts per CTS to the total
channel loss but the calibration reference point is located after that
cable. Therefore, the cable is not included in the step regarding insertion
loss measurement and the cable’s insertion loss must be added after the
measurement.

If the Measurement Method is set as ‘Step Response’, the following


connection setup is required. At each step, the software prompts to
increase the hardware trace. If ‘VNA Method’ is set, no connections are
needed.
Figure 348 to Figure 351 show the connection diagrams for Long Channel
Calibrations using the M8040A and M8020A, respectively, for Add-In
Cards and Systems.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 559
10 16.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Figure 348 Setup for 16.0GT/s CEM Add-In Cards Long CH Calibration (M8040A)

560 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s CEM Tests 10

Figure 349 Setup for 16.0GT/s CEM Systems Long CH Calibration (M8040A)

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 561
10 16.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Figure 350 Setup for 16.0GT/s CEM Add-In Cards Long CH Calibration (M8020A)

562 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s CEM Tests 10

Figure 351 Setup for 16.0GT/s CEM Systems Long CH Calibration (M8020A)

Parameters in Expert Mode

Generator
• Measurement Method
• Trace Loss Increment
• Save Calibration Data
Oscilloscope
• Scope Bandwidth
• Number of Averages
• Number of Waveform Averages
Variable ISI pairs
• CLB Var. ISI pair
• CBB Var. ISI pair -27dB
• CBB Var. ISI pair -28dB
• CBB Var. ISI pair -30dB
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 8, “PCIe Calibration
Parameters”.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 563
10 16.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 16G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration on page 527.

564 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s CEM Tests 10

Result Description (similar to that for 16.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations)

Figure 352 Result for 16.0 GT/s CEM Insertion Loss Calibration

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 565
10 16.0 GT/s CEM Tests

• Frequency [GHz]: The frequency where the insertion loss is measured.


• Insertion Loss (Trace X) [dB]: Insertion Loss measured at each
frequency when trace X is selected.

566 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s CEM Tests 10

16G DMSI Calibration

Purpose and Method

The Differential Mode Sinusoidal Interference (DMSI) is generated


internally with the data generator. The resulting amplitude at the input of
the Rx is attenuated and must be calibrated.
The test automation starts with a small DMSI amplitude and increases that
value with several steps over a defined range.
For each step, the procedure measures the actual DMSI with a real-time
oscilloscope.
The calibration data is stored in a Cal-table. When measurements are
performed, this calibration table is used to adjust the DMSI amplitude to
the desired value in the Rx input.
Figure 353 and Figure 354 show the connection diagrams for Long
Channel Calibrations using the M8040A and M8020A, respectively, for
Add-In Cards. The Var. ISI Pair is set to the value, which returns -28dB of
loss channel.

Figure 353 Setup for 16.0GT/s CEM Add-In Cards Long CH Calibration (M8040A)

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 567
10 16.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Figure 354 Setup for 16.0GT/s CEM Add-In Cards Long CH Calibration (M8020A)

Parameters in Expert Mode


• Verification Mode
Oscilloscope
• Scope Bandwidth
Channel
• CLB. Var. ISI pair
• CBB Var. ISI pair
• Total Channel Loss
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 8, “PCIe Calibration
Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 16G Insertion Loss Calibration on page 559.

568 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s CEM Tests 10

Result Description (similar to that for 8.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations)

Figure 355 Result for 16.0 GT/s CEM DMSI Calibration

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 569
10 16.0 GT/s CEM Tests

• Set DM Interference: The amount of DMSI set in the data generator.


• Measured DMSI Amplitude: The actual DMSI measured with the
oscilloscope.

570 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s CEM Tests 10

16G CMSI Calibration

Purpose and Method

The Common Mode Sinusoidal Interference (CMSI) is generated internally


with the data generator. The resulting amplitude at the input of the Rx is
attenuated and must be calibrated.
The test automation starts with a small CMSI amplitude and increases that
value with several steps over a defined range. The minimum amplitude is
0mV and the maximum amplitude is the maximum value that the data
generator can generate. For each step, the procedure measures the actual
CMSI with a real-time oscilloscope.
The calibration data is stored in a Cal-table. When measurements are
performed, these calibration tables are used to adjust the voltage
amplitude to the desired output CMSI.
Figure 356 and Figure 357 show the connection diagrams for Long
Channel Calibrations using the M8040A and M8020A, respectively, for
Add-In Cards. The Var. ISI Pair is set to the value, which returns -28dB of
loss channel.

Figure 356 Setup for 16.0GT/s CEM Add-In Cards Long CH Calibration (M8040A)

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 571
10 16.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Figure 357 Setup for 16.0GT/s CEM Add-In Cards Long CH Calibration (M8020A)

Parameters in Expert Mode


• Verification Mode
Oscilloscope
• Scope Bandwidth
Channel
• CBB Var. ISI pair
• Total Channel Loss
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 8, “PCIe Calibration
Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 16G Insertion Loss Calibration on page 559.

572 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s CEM Tests 10

Result Description (similar to that for 8.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations)

Figure 358 Result for 16.0 GT/s CEM CMSI Calibration

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 573
10 16.0 GT/s CEM Tests

• Set CMSI: The amount of CMSI set in the data generator.


• Measured CMSI: The actual CMSI measured with the oscilloscope.

574 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s CEM Tests 10

16G Initial Equalization Preset Optimization

Purpose and Method

This procedure measures the Eye-Height and Eye-Width for each Tx


equalization preset. When the “Start with minimum loss channel” option is
not selected in the Configure DUT dialog, the measurement is performed
with a channel loss of -30dB. When the “Start with minimum loss channel”
option is selected, the measurement is performed with a channel loss of
-27dB.
Depending on the Eye Cal Method selected, the eye measurement is
performed either with Seasim or with SigTest software.
With Seasim, a step is applied at the input of the calibration channel and
the step response is captured at the output of the replica channel. The
oscilloscope averages the step response, which minimizes noise. With the
step response, the complete electrical behavior of the channel is defined.
With this data, a statistical eye can be calculated. The different
impairments are simulated by Seasim.
With SigTest, a compliance pattern is applied and the different
impairments like random jitter, sinusoidal jitter and differential and
common mode sinusoidal inference are added to the signal.
The calibration data is stored in a Cal-table. This calibration data is used in
the Channel calibration to set the preset that gets the largest eye.
Figure 359 and Figure 360 show the connection diagrams for Long
Channel Calibrations using the M8040A and M8020A, respectively, for
Add-In Cards. The Var. ISI Pair is set to the value, which returns the
maximum loss channel (if “Start with minimum loss channel” is unchecked)
or the one that returns the minimum loss channel (if “Start with minimum
loss channel” option is checked).

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 575
10 16.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Figure 359 Setup for 16.0GT/s CEM Add-In Cards Long CH Calibration (M8040A)

576 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s CEM Tests 10

Setup for 16.0GT/s CEM Add-In Cards Long CH Calibration (M8020A)

Parameters in Expert Mode


• Equalization Preset Range: The set of presets values that are calibrated.
• CTLE Start Value
• CTLE Stop Value
Generator
• Generator Launch Voltage
• DMSI
• CMSI
• Random Jitter
• Sinusoidal Jitter
• Sinusoidal Jitter Frequency
Oscilloscope
• Scope Bandwidth
• Number of Averages
• Number of UIs
Channel

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 577
10 16.0 GT/s CEM Tests

• CBB Var. ISI Pair


• CLB. Var. ISI Pair
• Total Channel Loss
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 8, “PCIe Calibration
Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 16G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration on page 527.
• 16G Insertion Loss Calibration on page 559.

578 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s CEM Tests 10

Result Description (similar to that for 16.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations)

Figure 360 Result for 16.0 GT/s CEM Initial Eq. Preset Optimization (Eye height)

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 579
10 16.0 GT/s CEM Tests

• Set Equalization Preset: The equalization preset selected.


• Measured Eye Height [mV]: The measured Eye-Height for each preset.

580 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s CEM Tests 10

Figure 361 Result for 16.0 GT/s CEM Initial Eq. Preset Optimization (Eye width)

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 581
10 16.0 GT/s CEM Tests

• Set Equalization Preset: The equalization preset selected.


• Measured Eye Width [mV]: The measured Eye-Width for each preset.

582 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s CEM Tests 10

16G Channel Calibration

Purpose and Method

This procedure searches for the calibration channel loss that gets an eye
closest to the target.
When the “Start with Minimum Loss Channel” option is not selected in the
“Configure DUT” dialog, the hardware trace is set to achieve -30dB at
8GHz and the Tx EQ preset to the value that gets the largest eye. Then, at
each step, the channel loss is decreased by 0.5dB and the eye measured
until the eye width and the eye height exceed the target, or until the
insertion loss at 8GHz reaches the minimum of -27dB.
When the “Start with Minimum Loss Channel” option is selected, the
hardware trace is set to achieve -27dB at 8GHz and the Tx EQ preset to
the value that gets the largest eye. Then, at each step, the channel loss is
increased and the eye measured until either the eye width or the eye
height have fallen below the target, or until the insertion loss at 8GHz
reaches the -30dB.
If the “Emulated ISI option” is selected, the channel loss is increased by
changing the internal M8020A ISI traces. If not, the procedure increases
the hardware ISI trace number.
The calibration data is stored in a Cal-table. This calibration data is used to
evaluate the optimum ISI trace for the Rx tests.
Figure 362 and Figure 363 show the connection diagrams for Long
Channel Calibrations using the M8040A and M8020A, respectively, for
Add-In Cards. The Var. ISI Pair is set to the value, which returns the
maximum loss channel (if “Start with minimum loss channel” is unchecked)
or the one that returns the minimum loss channel (if “Start with minimum
loss channel” option is checked). Note that for each setup, it is required to
change the hardware trace until the optimum channel is found.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 583
10 16.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Figure 362 Setup for 16.0GT/s CEM Add-In Cards Long CH Calibration (M8040A)

584 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s CEM Tests 10

Figure 363 Setup for 16.0GT/s CEM Add-In Cards Long CH Calibration (M8020A)

Parameters in Expert Mode


• Use Calibration data from 16G Initial Equalization Preset Optimization
• Trace Number Start Value
• Trace Number Stop Value
• CTLE Start Value
• CTLE Stop Value
Generator
• Pre-shoot
• De-Emphasis
• Generator Launch Voltage
• DMSI
• Random Jitter
• Sinusoidal Jitter
• Sinusoidal Jitter Frequency
Oscilloscope
• Scope Bandwidth

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 585
10 16.0 GT/s CEM Tests

• Number of Averages
• Number of UIs
Channel
• CLB. Var. ISI Pair
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 8, “PCIe Calibration
Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 16G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration on page 527.
• 16G Insertion Loss Calibration on page 559.

586 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s CEM Tests 10

Result Description (similar to that for 16.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations)

Figure 364 Result for 16.0 GT/s ASIC Channel Calibration (Eye height)

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 587
10 16.0 GT/s CEM Tests

• Set Trace Number: The tested trace number.


• Measured Eye Height: The measured Eye Height value for each trace
number.

588 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s CEM Tests 10

Figure 365 Result for 16.0 GT/s ASIC Channel Calibration (Eye width)

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 589
10 16.0 GT/s CEM Tests

• Set Trace Number: The tested trace number.


• Measured Eye Width: The measured Eye Width value for each trace
number.

590 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s CEM Tests 10

16G Final Equalization Preset

Purpose and Method

This procedure measures the Eye-Height and Eye-Width for each Tx


equalization preset when the channel loss has been adjusted to the
optimum value. Depending on the ‘Eye Cal Method’ selected, the eye
measurement is performed with Seasim or SigTest software.
Then, in further procedures, this calibration is used to set the preset that
helps in obtaining the largest eye.
Figure 366 and Figure 367 show the connection diagrams for Long
Channel Calibrations using the M8040A and M8020A, respectively, for
Add-In Cards. The Var. ISI Pair is set to the optimal number according to
the Channel Calibration.

Figure 366 Setup for 16.0GT/s CEM Add-In Cards Long CH Calibration (M8040A)

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 591
10 16.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Figure 367 Setup for 16.0GT/s CEM Add-In Cards Long CH Calibration (M8020A)

Parameters in Expert Mode


• Use Calibration data from 16G Initial Equalization Preset Optimization.
• Equalization Preset Range: The set of presets values that are calibrated.
• CTLE Start Value
• CTLE Stop Value
Generator
• Generator Launch Voltage
• DMSI
• Random Jitter
• Sinusoidal Jitter
• Sinusoidal Jitter Frequency
Oscilloscope
• Scope Bandwidth
• Number of Averages
• Number of UIs
Channel

592 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s CEM Tests 10

• CBB Var. ISI Pair


• CLB Var. ISI Pair
• Total Channel Loss
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 8, “PCIe Calibration
Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 16G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration on page 527.
• 16G Insertion Loss Calibration on page 559.
• 16G DMSI Calibration on page 567.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 593
10 16.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Result Description (similar to that for 16.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations)

Figure 368 Result for 16.0 GT/s CEM Final Equalization Preset (Eye height)

594 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s CEM Tests 10

• Set Equalization Preset: The set equalization preset value in the


instrument.
• Measured Eye Height: The measured Eye Height value for each step.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 595
10 16.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Figure 369 Result for 16.0 GT/s CEM Final Equalization Preset (Eye width)

596 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s CEM Tests 10

• Set Equalization Preset: The set equalization preset value in the


instrument.
• Measured Eye Width: The measured Eye Width value for each step.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 597
10 16.0 GT/s CEM Tests

16G Pre-Compliance Eye Calibration

Purpose and Method

This procedure measures the effects on the Eye-Height and Eye-Width


caused by changes made to each impairment (SJ, DMSI and Launch
Voltage) individually.
The calibration measures the eye in four situations:
1 all the impairments are set to the nominal values;
2 the DMSI is set to the maximum value allowed by the specifications;
3 the SJ is set to the maximum specification amplitude;
4 the differential voltage is set to the minimum spec level.
At each step, the eye is measured either with the Seasim or with the
SigTest software.
The calibration data is stored in a Cal-table. This Calibration data is used in
the Compliance Eye Calibration to calculate DMSI, SJ and Vdiff
adjustment to meet the target eye.
Figure 370 and Figure 371 show the connection diagrams for Long
Channel Calibrations using the M8040A and M8020A, respectively, for
Add-In Cards. The Var. ISI Pair is set to the optimal number according to
the Channel Calibration.

598 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s CEM Tests 10

Figure 370 Setup for 16.0GT/s CEM Add-In Cards Long CH Calibration (M8040A)

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 599
10 16.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Figure 371 Setup for 16.0GT/s CEM Add-In Cards Long CH Calibration (M8020A)

Parameters in Expert Mode


• CTLE
Generator
• Pre-shoot
• De-Emphasis
• Random Jitter
Oscilloscope
• Scope Bandwidth
• Number of Averages
• Number of UIs
Channel
• CBB Var. ISI Pair
• CLB Var. ISI Pair
• Total Channel Loss
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 8, “PCIe Calibration
Parameters”.

600 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s CEM Tests 10

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 16G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration on page 527.
• 16G RJ Calibration on page 535.
• 16G HF SJ Calibration on page 546.
• 16G Insertion Loss Calibration on page 559.
• 16G DMSI Calibration on page 567.
• 16G CMSI Calibration on page 571.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 601
10 16.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Result Description (similar to that for 16.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations)

Figure 372 Result for 16.0 GT/s CEM Pre-Compliance Eye Calibration

• DMSI: The amount of DMSI set using the calibrations.


• SJ: The amount of SJ set using the calibrations.
• Vdiff: The amount of differential voltage set using the calibrations.
• Eye Height: The measured eye height.
• Eye Width: The measured eye width.

602 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s CEM Tests 10

16G Compliance Eye Calibration

Purpose and Method

This calibration searches for the optimum combination of DMSI, SJ and


Launch Voltage values to generate an eye with the closest possible
Compliance Eye-Height and Eye-Width.
In the first step, the eye is measured when the impairments are set to the
nominal values. Then, a search algorithm is used to re-calculate the
optimum amount of SJ, DMSI and Vdiff. This process is repeated until the
eye is in the middle of the specifications or until the “Max number of
Search Steps” is reached.
If the automatic search does not find a suitable combination of
impairments that generates an eye within the specifications (EH between
14 and 16mV and EW between 18.5 and 19ps), it is possible to perform a
manual search by manually setting the SJ, DMSI and Vdiff values.
Figure 373 and Figure 374 show the connection diagrams for Long
Channel Calibrations using the M8040A and M8020A, respectively, for
Add-In Cards. The Var. ISI Pair is set to the optimal number according to
the Channel Calibration.

Figure 373 Setup for 16.0GT/s CEM Add-In Cards Long CH Calibration (M8040A)

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 603
10 16.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Figure 374 Setup for 16.0GT/s CEM Add-In Cards Long CH Calibration (M8020A)

Parameters in Expert Mode


• Verification Mode
• Adjust Vdiff
• Max Number of Search: Maximum number of times that the optimal eye
is searched automatically.
• Use nominal EH/EW results from Pre-Compliance Cal: If set to ‘True’,
the measurement in the first step is skipped and the eye result is
directly copied from the 16G Pre-Compliance Eye Calibration.
• CTLE
Generator
• Pre-shoot
• De-Emphasis
• Sinusoidal Jitter Frequency
• Random Jitter
Oscilloscope
• Scope Bandwidth
• Number of Averages

604 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s CEM Tests 10

• Number of UIs
Channel
• CBB Var. ISI Pair
• CLB Var. ISI Pair
• Total Channel Loss
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 8, “PCIe Calibration
Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 16G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration on page 527.
• 16G RJ Calibration on page 535.
• 16G HF SJ Calibration on page 546.
• 16G Insertion Loss Calibration on page 559.
• 16G DMSI Calibration on page 567.
• 16G CMSI Calibration on page 571.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 605
10 16.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Result Description (similar to that for 16.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations)

Figure 375 Result for 16.0 GT/s CEM Compliance Eye Calibration

• DMSI: The amount of DMSI set using the calibrations.


• SJ: The amount of SJ set using the calibrations.
• Vdiff: The amount of differential voltage set using the calibrations.
• Eye Height: The measured eye height.
• Eye Width: The measured eye width.

606 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s CEM Tests 10

16G Eye-Height and Width Measurement

Purpose and Method

This procedure measures the Eye-Height and Eye-Width for the selected
signal impairments.
The Differential Voltage, Pre-Shoot, De-Emphasis, DMSI, Random and
Sinusoidal jitter values can be defined. The eye is measured each time a
new impairment combination is selected.
This measurement is available only in ‘Expert Mode’ when the “Include
Advanced Measurement” option is selected. To set this option, refer to
PCIe Parameters on page 50.
Figure 376 and Figure 377 show the connection diagrams for Long
Channel Calibrations using the M8040A and M8020A, respectively, for
Add-In Cards. The Var. ISI Pair is set to the optimal number according to
the Channel Calibration.

Figure 376 Setup for 16.0GT/s CEM Add-In Cards Long CH Calibration (M8040A)

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 607
10 16.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Figure 377 Setup for 16.0GT/s CEM Add-In Cards Long CH Calibration (M8020A)

Parameters in Expert Mode

Generator
• Pre-shoot
• De-Emphasis
• Differential Voltage
• Differential Mode Interference
• Random Jitter
• Sinusoidal Jitter
Oscilloscope
• Scope Bandwidth
• Number of Averages
• Number of UIs
• SigTest Template for EH/EW Measurements
• Add SigTest Results Details
• CTLE
Channel

608 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s CEM Tests 10

• CBB Var. ISI Pair


• Total Channel Loss
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 8, “PCIe Calibration
Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 16G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration on page 527.
• 16G RJ Calibration on page 535.
• 16G HF SJ Calibration on page 546.
• 16G Insertion Loss Calibration on page 559.
• 16G DMSI Calibration on page 567.
• 16G CMSI Calibration on page 571.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 609
10 16.0 GT/s CEM Tests

16G Eye-Height and Width Scan

Purpose and Method

This procedure measures the Eye-Height and Eye-Width for a scan of one
or more impairments.
The “Loop levels” property determines the number of impairments to scan.
For each loop, it is necessary to specify the impairment type and define the
range to scan. Then, the test automation combines the defined loops and
the eye is measured at each step.
This measurement is available only in ‘Expert Mode’ when the “Include
Advanced Measurement” option is selected. To set this option, refer to
PCIe Parameters on page 50.
Figure 378 and Figure 379 show the connection diagrams for Long
Channel Calibrations using the M8040A and M8020A, respectively, for
Add-In Cards. The Var. ISI Pair is set to the optimal number according to
the Channel Calibration.

Figure 378 Setup for 16.0GT/s CEM Add-In Cards Long CH Calibration (M8040A)

610 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s CEM Tests 10

Figure 379 Setup for 16.0GT/s CEM Add-In Cards Long CH Calibration (M8020A)

Parameters in Expert Mode


• Loop Levels: The number of impairments to scan.
• Show Plots
• Equalization Mode: If it is set to ‘Presets’, you may choose the
equalization presets to scan. If it is set to ‘Custom Values’, you may
choose the Pre-Shoot and De-Emphasis values to scan.
Loop
• Scan Parameter: The impairment that must be scanned. It can be
selected as:
• Equalization Preset
• Generator Launch Voltage
• Differential Mode Sinusoidal Interference
• Common Mode Sinusoidal Interference
• Random Jitter
• Sinusoidal Jitter
• Sinusoidal Jitter Frequency
• CTLE

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 611
10 16.0 GT/s CEM Tests

• ISI
• <Parameter> Start Value: The start value for the scan of the selected
impairment.
• <Parameter> Stop Value: The stop value for the scan of the selected
impairment.
• <Parameter> Scale Type: The scale type of the scan.
• <Parameter> Number of Steps: The number of steps for the scan of the
selected impairment.
Fixed Parameters:
• <Parameter>: For all the parameters that are not scanned, set the fixed
value used in all the steps.
Oscilloscope
• Scope Bandwidth
• Number of Averages
• Number of UIs
• SigTest Template for EH/EW Measurements
• Add SigTest Results Details
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 8, “PCIe Calibration
Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 16G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration on page 527.
• 16G RJ Calibration on page 535.
• 16G HF SJ Calibration on page 546.
• 16G Insertion Loss Calibration on page 559.
• 16G DMSI Calibration on page 567.
• 16G CMSI Calibration on page 571.

612 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s CEM Tests 10

Receiver Tests

The basic principles underlying all PCIe receiver tests are:


• Train the DUT into Loopback Mode
• Send the training pattern with defined stress characteristics
• Use the error detector to verify that the DUT loops back the correct
pattern without errors
Most of the Rx tests constantly change the signal stress to collect more
data and re-initialize the loopback mode if the DUT terminates from it. If
calibration data is available, the data confirms that the signal stress is at
the specified level and test point. If calibration data is missing, a warning
message pops up. If you ignore the warning messages explicitly, you can
run tests without the calibration data.

You do not require a real-time oscilloscope to perform Receiver Tests.


NOTE

Common Parameters for Receiver Tests

Power Switch Automation


• Use Power Switch Automation
• Power Switch Channel Number
• Power Cycle Off-On Duration
• Power Cycle Settling Time
• Power Cycle Max. Retries

Common Parameters specific for Data Rates

• Data Rate Deviation


• Capture and Compare Mode
• Pause before Auto-Align
Loopback Training
• Link Training Mode
• Link Training Suite Settings File
• Default Link Training Lane Number for every Lane
• Suppress Loopback Training Messages

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 613
10 16.0 GT/s CEM Tests

• User Custom Training Voltage


Interactive Link Training
• Training through
• Generator Full Swing
• Generator Start Preset
• DUT Initial Preset
• DUT Target Preset
• Generator Start Preset Gen4
• DUT Initial Preset Gen4
• DUT Target Preset Gen4
• Drop Link Method
Error Detector
• User Gen3 EIEOS
• Use CDR
• CDR Loop Bandwidth
• Peaking
• Analyzer Equalization
• Sensitivity
• Polarity
BER Measurement
• Relax Time

Common Parameters specific for Lanes

• Use Preset
• Generator Preset
• Pre-shoot
• De-Emphasis
All these parameter are described in detail in the sectionPCIe Parameters
on page 50.

614 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s CEM Tests 10

16G Rx EQ Coefficient Matrix Scan

Purpose and Method

This procedure measures the BER with a combination of coefficients C+1


(Pre-cursor) and C-1 (Post-cursor) to create a co-efficient matrix with the
BER results. At each step, the BER value is measured for different values of
C+1 coefficient while the C-1 coefficient value is kept constant. The
resulting values are mapped on to a triangular matrix, where each element
contains four entries (measured BER, pre-shoot, de-emphasis, and boost).
Elements on a diagonal line from bottom left to top right have the same
maximum boost value. The elements of the matrix are displayed in
different colors depending on the measured BER value. If the element
appears in green color, the entry values are valid and they can be used for
testing. As the color changes to red, such values are invalid for testing.
If the parameter “Allow user to enter optimum equalization” for remaining
tests is set to ‘True’, a window appears where you can select the values of
pre-shoot and de-emphasis from the resulting graph.
Figure 380 and Figure 381 show the connection diagram for Add-in cards
for M8040A and M8020A, respectively. Figure 382 and Figure 383 show
the connection diagram for Systems for M8040A and M8020A,
respectively. The Var. ISI Pair is set to the optimal trace according to the
calibrations. Note that the setup can differ depending on the clock
architecture and external reference clock selections.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 615
10 16.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Figure 380 Setup for 16.0GT/s CEM Add-In-Card Receiver Tests M8040A

616 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s CEM Tests 10

Figure 381 Setup for 16.0GT/s CEM Add-In-Card Receiver Tests M8020A

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 617
10 16.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Figure 382 Setup for 16.0GT/s CEM Systems Receiver Tests M8040A

618 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s CEM Tests 10

Figure 383 Setup for 16.0GT/s CEM Systems Receiver Tests M8020A

Parameters in Expert Mode

Loopback Training
• Force Retraining at each BER measurement
• Pre-shoot used for LB Training
• De-Emphasis used for LB Training
Coefficient Variation
• Coefficient Divider
• Maximum Boost
• Start Pre-Shoot
• Start De-Emphasis
BER Measurement
• BER Mode
• Target BER
• Confidence Level

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 619
10 16.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Impairments
• Residual SSC
• Random Jitter
• Sinusoidal Jitter
• Sinusoidal Jitter Frequency
• Common Mode Sinusoidal Interference
• Differential Mode Sinusoidal Interference
• Generator Launch Voltage
Channel
• CBB Var. ISI Pair
• Total Channel Loss
Equalization for remaining Rx tests
• Allow user to enter optimum equalization for remaining Rx tests:
Controls the appearance of a window at the end of the test, which lets
you set the pre-shoot and de-emphasis values to be used for the
following tests.
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 9, “PCIe Receiver
Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 16G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration on page 527.
• 16G RJ Calibration on page 535.
• 16G HF SJ Calibration on page 546.
• 16G Insertion Loss Calibration on page 559.
• 16G DMSI Calibration on page 567.
• 16G CMSI Calibration on page 571.
• 16G Compliance Eye Calibration on page 603.

620 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s CEM Tests 10

Result Description (similar to that for 8.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations)

Figure 384 Result for 16.0 GT/s CEM Rx EQ Coefficient Matrix Scan

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 621
10 16.0 GT/s CEM Tests

• C-1/C+1: Result of the BER measurement for the specific combination


of the coefficient matrix.

622 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s CEM Tests 10

16G Rx Pre-Shoot De-Emphasis Scan

Purpose and Method

The purpose of this test is to find the optimum combination of


de-emphasis and pre-shoot amplitude. As a first step, the procedure sets
initial de-emphasis and pre-shoot values and adjusts the eye height to
obtain the desired BER (slightly above 1e-9). Then, it retains the initial
pre-shoot and performs a de-emphasis scan, measuring the BER for every
de-emphasis value. After that, it retains the initial de-emphasis amplitude
and makes a pre-shoot scan. Finally, the test shows the result tables, one
for the de-emphasis scan and one for the pre-shoot scan. The results let
you see the best combination with the initial values that were selected.
Figure 385 and Figure 386 show the connection diagram for Add-in cards
for M8040A and M8020A, respectively. Figure 387 and Figure 388 show
the connection diagram for Systems for M8040A and M8020A,
respectively. The Var. ISI Pair is set to the optimal trace according to the
calibrations. Note that the setup can differ depending on the clock
architecture and external reference clock selections.

Figure 385 Setup for 16.0GT/s CEM Add-In-Card Receiver Tests M8040A

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 623
10 16.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Figure 386 Setup for 16.0GT/s CEM Add-In-Card Receiver Tests M8020A

624 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s CEM Tests 10

Figure 387 Setup for 16.0GT/s CEM Systems Receiver Tests M8040A

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 625
10 16.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Figure 388 Setup for 16.0GT/s CEM Systems Receiver Tests M8020A

Parameters in Expert Mode

Pre-Shoot Variation
• Start Pre-shoot
• Stop Pre-shoot
• Pre-shoot Step Size
De-Emphasis Variation
• Start De-Emphasis
• Stop De-Emphasis
• De-Emphasis Step Size
Parameter
• Scan Order
• Initial De-Emphasis
• Initial Pre-shoot
• Force Retraining at each Preset

626 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s CEM Tests 10

BER Measurement
• BER Mode
• Target BER
• Confidence Level
Impairments
• Residual SSC
• Random Jitter
• Sinusoidal Jitter
• Sinusoidal Jitter Frequency
• Common Mode Sinusoidal Interference
• Differential Mode Sinusoidal Interference
• Generator Launch Voltage
Channel
• CBB Var. ISI Pair
• Total Channel Loss
Equalization for remaining Rx tests
• Allow user to enter optimum equalization for remaining Rx tests
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 9, “PCIe Receiver
Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 16G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration on page 527.
• 16G RJ Calibration on page 535.
• 16G HF SJ Calibration on page 546.
• 16G Insertion Loss Calibration on page 559.
• 16G DMSI Calibration on page 567.
• 16G CMSI Calibration on page 571.
• 16G Compliance Eye Calibration on page 603.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 627
10 16.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Result Description (similar to that for 8.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations)

Figure 389 Result for 16.0 GT/s CEM Rx De-Emphasis Scan

628 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s CEM Tests 10

• x-column [dB]: The de-emphasis level added to the signal at each step.
• BER for De-Emphasis Scan: The BER measured at each step.

Figure 390 Result for 16.0 GT/s CEM Rx Pre-Shoot Scan

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 629
10 16.0 GT/s CEM Tests

• x-column [dB]: The pre-shoot level added to the signal at each step.
• BER for Pre-Shoot Scan: The BER measured at each step.

630 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s CEM Tests 10

16G Rx Pre-Compliance Test

Purpose and Method

This test verifies that the DUT properly functions in presence of the
compliance eye defined in the specification.
The target eye-height and eye-width are generated by adding the
optimum combination of Differential Mode Sinusoidal Interference,
Sinusoidal Jitter and Launch Voltage. Random Jitter and Common Mode
Sinusoidal interference are fixed to the nominal values. Then, the BER test
is performed for different frequencies and amplitudes of the sinusoidal
jitter.
Figure 391 and Figure 392 show the connection diagram for Add-in cards
for M8040A and M8020A, respectively. Figure 393 and Figure 394 show
the connection diagram for Systems for M8040A and M8020A,
respectively. The Var. ISI Pair is set to the optimal trace according to the
calibrations. Note that the setup can differ depending on the clock
architecture and external reference clock selections.

Figure 391 Setup for 16.0GT/s CEM Add-In-Card Receiver Tests M8040A

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 631
10 16.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Figure 392 Setup for 16.0GT/s CEM Add-In-Card Receiver Tests M8020A

632 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s CEM Tests 10

Figure 393 Setup for 16.0GT/s CEM Systems Receiver Tests M8040A

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 633
10 16.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Figure 394 Setup for 16.0GT/s CEM Systems Receiver Tests M8020A

Parameters in Expert Mode

BER Measurement
• BER Mode
• BER Measurement Duration
• Allowed Bit Error
• Target BER
• Confidence Level
Impairments
• Residual SSC
• Random Jitter: The random Jitter is fixed to 1ps.
• Sinusoidal Jitter: The amount of SJ, which must be added to achieve
the desired eye height and eye width.
• Sinusoidal Jitter Frequency
• Common Mode Sinusoidal Interference

634 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s CEM Tests 10

• Differential Mode Sinusoidal Interference: The amount of DMSI, which


must be added to achieve the desired eye height and eye width.
• Generator Launch Voltage: The amount of differential amplitude, which
must be added to achieve the desired eye height and eye width.
Channel
• CBB Var. ISI Pair
• Total Channel Loss
Link Training
• Enable Impairments for Loopback Training
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 9, “PCIe Receiver
Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 16G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration on page 527.
• 16G RJ Calibration on page 535.
• 16G HF SJ Calibration on page 546.
• 16G Insertion Loss Calibration on page 559.
• 16G DMSI Calibration on page 567.
• 16G CMSI Calibration on page 571.
• 16G Compliance Eye Calibration on page 603.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 635
10 16.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Result Description (similar to that for 8.0GT/s ASIC Rx Stressed Eye Test)

Figure 395 Result for 16.0 GT/s CEM Rx Pre-Compliance Test

636 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s CEM Tests 10

• Result: “Pass”/“Fail”, if the BER test at a specific frequency is passed,


the value is “Pass” otherwise “Fail”.
• SJ Frequency: The sinusoidal jitter frequency set at each step.
• SJ Amplitude: The sinusoidal jitter amplitude set at each step.
• Allowed Bit Errors: The maximum number of allowed errors to consider
the BERT test as a Pass.
• Measured Bit Errors: The number of bit errors that occurred during the
test.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 637
10 16.0 GT/s CEM Tests

16G Rx Jitter Tolerance Test

Purpose and Method

The Rx Jitter Tolerance Test determines how much jitter a DUT can
tolerate at different SJ frequencies.
The test procedure applies a search algorithm that is sequentially used
over a range of jitter frequencies. The range of frequencies to be tested is
defined with the “Frequency Mode” property. At each jitter frequency
value, the maximum jitter amplitude where the DUT produced no more bit
errors than the Number of Allowed Bit Errors is stored as the max. passed
jitter value. The result is a curve that shows the maximum jitter that the
DUT can tolerate over the SJ frequency.
There are different methods to find the maximum passed jitter amplitude.
It can be selected with “search algorithm” parameters, such as: Binary,
Linear, Linear with two sizes, Linear with Hysteresis or Logarithmic.
• If Binary is selected, the binary search algorithm is used. At first, the
jitter amplitude is set to the middle of the tested range. When the BER
test passes, it goes up and when the test fails, it goes down, At each
step, the step size is reduced until the target resolution is reached.
• If Linear is selected, the test uses the defined step size to go up linearly
from “Start Jitter” until the BER test fails.
• If Linear with two step size is selected, the test first uses relatively large
steps to go up linearly from “Start Jitter”. When BER test fails, it goes
back to the last passed point and steps up again with small steps until
an error is found again.
• If Linear with Hysteresis is selected, the test first uses relatively large
steps to go up linearly from “Start Jitter”. When BER test fails, it goes
back down with mid-sized steps until it passes again. From that point, it
steps up again with small steps until an error is found again.
• If Logarithmic is selected, the test uses the defined step factor to
increase with a logarithmic scale from “Start Jitter” until the BER test
fails.
Figure 396 and Figure 397 show the connection diagram for Add-in cards
for M8040A and M8020A, respectively. Figure 398 and Figure 399 show
the connection diagram for Systems for M8040A and M8020A,
respectively. The Var. ISI Pair is set to the optimal trace according to the
calibrations. Note that the setup can differ depending on the clock
architecture and external reference clock selections.

638 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s CEM Tests 10

Figure 396 Setup for 16.0GT/s CEM Add-In-Card Receiver Tests M8040A

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 639
10 16.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Figure 397 Setup for 16.0GT/s CEM Add-In-Card Receiver Tests M8020A

640 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s CEM Tests 10

Figure 398 Setup for 16.0GT/s CEM Systems Receiver Tests M8040A

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 641
10 16.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Figure 399 Setup for 16.0GT/s CEM Systems Receiver Tests M8020A

Parameters in Expert Mode

Sinusoidal Jitter Variation


• Frequency Mode
• If the option ‘User Defined Frequencies’ is selected, parameter is:
• Frequency Points
• If the option ‘Single Frequency’ is selected, parameter is:
• Jitter frequencies
• If the option ‘Equally Spaced Frequencies’ is selected, parameter is:
• Frequency Scale
• Start frequency
• Stop frequency
• Frequency Steps
• Search algorithm
• Jitter Step Size
• Jitter Start Value

642 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s CEM Tests 10

• Show Min. Failed Points


Parameter
• Force retraining on each frequency
BER Measurement
• BER Mode
• BER Measurement Duration
• Allowed Bit Error
• Target BER
• Confidence Level
Impairments
• Jitter Eye Adjustment Mode
• Residual SSC
• Random Jitter
• Differential Mode Sinusoidal Interference
• Generator Launch Voltage
• Common Mode Sinusoidal Interference
Channel
• CBB Var. ISI Pair
• Total Channel Loss
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 9, “PCIe Receiver
Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 16G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration on page 527.
• 16G RJ Calibration on page 535.
• 16G HF SJ Calibration on page 546.
• 16G Insertion Loss Calibration on page 559.
• 16G DMSI Calibration on page 567.
• 16G CMSI Calibration on page 571.
• 16G Compliance Eye Calibration on page 603.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 643
10 16.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Result Description (similar to that for 8.0GT/s ASIC Rx Jitter Tolerance Test)

Figure 400 Result for 16.0 GT/s CEM Rx Jitter Tolerance Test

644 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s CEM Tests 10

• Result: “Pass”/“Fail”, if the BER test at a specific frequency is passed,


the value is “Pass” otherwise “Fail”.
• SJ Frequency: The value of SJ frequency applied to the test signal.
• Min Failed Jitter: The first value of SJ amplitude where the DUT didn’t
pass the BER test at a specific frequency.
• Max Passed Jitter: The maximum value of SJ that the DUT can tolerate
at a specific SJ frequency.
• Jitter Capability: The maximum value of jitter that the test setup can
generate at a specific SJ frequency.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 645
10 16.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Link Equalization Receiver Tests

Common Parameters for Link Equalization Receiver Tests

Power Switch Automation


• Use Power Switch Automation
• Power Switch Channel Number
• Power Cycle Off-On Duration
• Power Cycle Settling Time
• Power Cycle Max. Retries

Common Parameters specific for Data Rates

• Data Rate Deviation


• Capture and Compare Mode
• Pause before Auto-Align
Loopback Training
• Interactive Training Script File
• Default Link Training Lane Number for every Lane
• Suppress Loopback Training Messages
• Use Custom Training Voltage
Interactive Link Training
• Generator Full Swing
• Generator Start Preset
• DUT Initial Preset
• DUT Target Preset
• Generator Start Preset Gen4
• DUT Initial Preset Gen4
• DUT Target Preset Gen4
• Drop Link Method
Error Detector
• User Gen3 EIEOS
• Use CDR
• CDR Loop Bandwidth
• Peaking
• Analyzer Equalization

646 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s CEM Tests 10

• Sensitivity
• Polarity
BER Measurement
• Relax Time
All these parameter are described in detail in the sectionPCIe Parameters
on page 50.

16G LEQ Rx Compliance Test

Purpose and Method

This test uses the interactive link training feature of the JBERT to let the
DUT negotiate the generator transmitter preset that shall be used.
Once the equalization training is finished and the DUT is in loopback
mode, the test behaves in the same manner as the Rx Pre-Compliance
Test. See 16G Rx Pre-Compliance Test on page 631.

16G LEQ Rx Jitter Tolerance Test

Purpose and Method

This test uses the interactive link training feature of the JBERT to let the
DUT negotiate the generator transmitter preset that shall be used.
Once the equalization training is finished and the DUT is in loopback
mode, the test behaves in the same manner as the Rx Jitter Tolerance
Test. See 16G Rx Jitter Tolerance Test on page 638.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 647
10 16.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Link Equalization Transmitter Tests

Common Parameters for Link Equalization Transmitter Tests

• Scope connection for Link EQ Tx Tests


• Generator Output Voltage Compensation
• Skip BER Check
Power Switch Automation
• Use Power Switch Automation
• Power Switch Channel Number
• Power Cycle Off-On Duration
• Power Cycle Settling Time
• Power Cycle Max. Retries

Common Parameters specific for Data Rates

Loopback Training
• Link EQ Tx Test Script File
• Generator Start Preset
• Generator Start Preset Gen4
Error Detector
• Use Gen 3 EIOS
• Sensitivity
All these parameter are described in detail in the sectionPCIe Parameters
on page 50.

648 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s CEM Tests 10

16G LEQ Tx Initial Preset Compliance Test

Purpose and Method

This test is valid for End Point DUTs (or addInCards or devices) only. It uses
the interactive link training feature of the JBERT.
The JBERT runs the link training, setting several initial equalization
transmitter presets on the DUT and skipping the link equalization phase.
Once the DUT is in loopback, the DUT signal is captured and analyzed to
check whether or not the DUT is using the preset requested by the JBERT.

Connection Diagram

Figure 401 Setup for 16.0GT/s CEM Add-in Cards LEQ Tx Tests M8040A

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 649
10 16.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Figure 402 Setup for 16.0GT/s CEM Add-in Cards LEQ Tx Tests M8020A

650 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s CEM Tests 10

Result Description (similar to that for 8.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations)

Figure 403 Result for 16.0 GT/s ASIC LEQ Tx Initial Preset Compliance Test

• Result: The measured Pre-Shoot and De-Emphasis must be within the


specification limits.
• DUT Initial Preset: Set by the JBERT.
• Pre-Shoot [dB]: Measured Pre-Shoot on the DUT waveform.
• Min Spec PS [dB]: Pre-Shoot lower specification limit.
• Max Spec PS [dB]: Pre-Shoot upper specification limit.
• De-Emphasis [dB]: Measured De-Emphasis on the DUT waveform.
• Min Spec DE [dB]: De-Emphasis lower specification limit.
• Max Spec DE [dB]: De-Emphasis upper specification limit.
• Comment: A comment can be added to each test step if fails,
explaining the reason.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 651
10 16.0 GT/s CEM Tests

16G LEQ Tx Response Time Compliance Test

Purpose and Method

This test uses the interactive link training feature of the JBERT to train the
DUT into loopback mode, running the link equalization phase completely.
A certain initial transmitter preset is set to the DUT. A successful link
training raises an event, which is used to capture the waveforms of the
JBERT and the DUT. At that moment, the captured waveform from the
JBERT contains the preset change request and the waveform from the
DUT contains the acknowledgment of that request. Additionally, waveform
from the DUT also contains the physical transition from the initial
transmitter preset to the requested preset.
The captured data is decoded and two time-spans are calculated: one
between the request and the acknowledgment, and other between the
request and the electrical transition.
Finally, once the DUT is in the loopback mode, a similar preset
measurement is performed for the Initial Preset.
The test is divided in two parts. In the first part, the JBERT requests for
transmitter presets. In the second part, the JBERT requests the
pre-cursor, cursor and post-cursor reported by the DUT.
For End Point DUTs (or AddInCards or devices), the initial transmitter
preset is set by the JBERT. For RootComplex DUTs (or Systems or Hosts),
you must manually set the DUT initial transmitter preset.

652 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s CEM Tests 10

Connection Diagram

Figure 404 Setup for 16.0GT/s CEM Add-in Cards LEQ Tx Tests M8040A

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 653
10 16.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Figure 405 Setup for 16.0GT/s CEM Add-in Cards LEQ Tx Tests M8020A

654 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s CEM Tests 10

Figure 406 Setup for 16.0GT/s CEM Systems LEQ Tx Tests M8040A

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 655
10 16.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Figure 407 Setup for 16.0GT/s CEM Systems LEQ Tx Tests M8020A

Parameters in Expert Mode

Parameter
• Max Number of Retries: If the acquired data cannot be decoded, the
link training can be repeated to get new data.
• Scope visible range: Waveform range, used at the moment when the
link equalization phase is performed.
Oscilloscope
• Scope Horizontal Range
• Scope Request Vertical Range
• Scope Response Vertical Range

656 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s CEM Tests 10

Result Description (similar to that for 8.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations)

Figure 408 Result for 16.0 GT/s CEM LEQ Tx Response Time Compliance

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 657
10 16.0 GT/s CEM Tests

• Result: Max. passed Jitter should be bigger than Min. Specification.


• DUT Target Preset: The transmitter preset that is requested to the DUT
at each step.
• Electrical response time [ns]: The calculated timespan between the
request from the JBERT and the physical preset transition on the DUT
waveform.
• Protocol response time [ns]: The calculated timespan between the
request from the JBERT and the acknowledgment.
• Pre-Shoot [dB]: The measured Pre-Shoot on the DUT waveform.
• Min Spec ps [dB]: The pre-Shoot lower specification limit.
• Max Spec ps [dB]: The pre-Shoot upper specification limit.
• De-Emphasis [dB]: The measured De-Emphasis on the DUT waveform.
• Min Spec DE[dB]: The De-Emphasis lower specification limit.
• Max Spec DE[dB]: The De-Emphasis upper specification limit.
• Comment: A comment can be added to each test step.

658 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s CEM Tests 10

Receiver Setup Tests

Common Parameters for Receiver Setup Tests

Power Switch Automation


• Use Power Switch Automation
• Power Switch Channel Number
• Power Cycle Off-On Duration
• Power Cycle Settling Time
• Power Cycle Max. Retries

Common Parameters specific for Data Rates

• Data Rate Deviation

Common Parameters specific for Lanes

• Use Preset
• Generator Preset
• Pre-shoot
• De-Emphasis
All these parameter are described in detail in the sectionPCIe Parameters
on page 50.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 659
10 16.0 GT/s CEM Tests

16G Rx Pre-Compliance Setup

Purpose and Method

The purpose of this procedure is to configure the data generator with


those parameters that are needed in the Rx Pre-Compliance Test, using
the calibration data saved on the PC where the N5991A software is
running. The method initiates in the same manner as the Rx
Pre-Compliance Test but it doesn't proceed any further after the setup is
prepared. The set parameters are differential amplitude, random jitter,
swept sinusoidal jitter and differential mode sinusoidal interference.
Figure 380 and Figure 381 show the connection diagram for Add-in cards
for M8040A and M8020A, respectively. Figure 382 and Figure 383 show
the connection diagram for Systems for M8040A and M8020A,
respectively. The Var. ISI Pair is set to the optimal trace according to the
calibrations. Note that the setup can differ depending on the clock
architecture and external reference clock selections.

Figure 409 Setup for 16.0GT/s CEM Add-In-Card Receiver Setup M8040A

660 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s CEM Tests 10

Figure 410 Setup for 16.0GT/s CEM Add-In-Card Receiver Setup M8020A

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 661
10 16.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Figure 411 Setup for 16.0GT/s CEM Systems Receiver Setup M8040A

662 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
16.0 GT/s CEM Tests 10

Figure 412 Setup for 16.0GT/s CEM Systems Receiver Setup M8020A

Parameters in Expert Mode

Impairments
• Residual SSC
• Random Jitter
• Sinusoidal Jitter
• Sinusoidal Jitter Frequency
• Common Mode Sinusoidal Interference
• Differential Mode Sinusoidal Interference
• Generator Launch Voltage
Channel
• CBB Var. ISI Pair
• Total Channel Loss
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 9, “PCIe Receiver
Parameters”.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 663
10 16.0 GT/s CEM Tests

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 16G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration on page 527.
• 16G RJ Calibration on page 535.
• 16G Insertion Loss Calibration on page 559.
• 16G DMSI Calibration on page 567.
• 16G CMSI Calibration on page 571.
• 16G Compliance Eye Calibration on page 603.

Result Description
• None.

664 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software
Platform
User Guide

11 8.0 GT/s U2 Tests


Overview / 666
8.0 GT/s U2 Calibrations / 667
Receiver Tests / 698
11 8.0 GT/s U2 Tests

Overview

Before any receiver test procedure can be run, the PCIe receiver test
system must be calibrated.
The ValiFrame calibration plane is given by the DUT input ports. The
receiver test signal characteristics such as the PCIe signal generator
output voltage level and jitter parameters are typically affected by the
signal transmission between the generator output ports and the DUT input
ports. Thus, for any signal output parameter that you select (set value), the
jitter and the signal received at the DUT input ports (actual value) deviate
from the set value. Additional deviations can be caused by effects such as
offset errors, hysteresis, and nonlinear behavior of the signal generator.
The ValiFrame calibration procedures compensate for the deviations of the
relevant signal output parameter actual values from the set values over the
required parameter range.
All calibration procedures required for PCIe receiver testing are included in
the ValiFrame software. The ValiFrame calibration procedures are
implemented such that the calibration process is conducted as fast as
possible and is automated as much as possible, for example, by minimizing
the number of re-configuration of the hardware connections.

Common Parameters for 8.0 GT/s U2 Calibrations

Data rate specific parameters:


• Scope Connection for Calibration
For the description of each parameter, refer to Table 6, “PCIe Common
Calibration Parameters”.

666 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s U2 Tests 11

8.0 GT/s U2 Calibrations

8G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration

Purpose and Method

This procedure calibrates the De-Emphasis, Pre-shoot and DC amplitude


at TP1.
The pattern generator sends an equalization pattern to the oscilloscope
and performs a sweep of the whole equalization range.
First, the pre-cursor is set to the initial value (-0.28dB). For this set value,
the post cursor is swept from -0.28 to 0.02dB with linear steps of 0.02dB.
At each post-cursor value, the de-emphasis, pre-shoot and differential
voltage are measured with the oscilloscope. Then, the pre-cursor is
increased with a step size of 0.02dB and the process is repeated until
0.02dB is attained. The Launch Voltage is always fixed to 800mV.

The procedure explained above is specific for the M8040A data


NOTE generator setup. For the M8020A setup, the procedure is very similar but
the sweep is not performed over the pre-cursor and post-cursor values.
In this case, the sweep is performed directly for the de-emphasis (from
-6dB to 2dB) and pre-shoot (from 6dB to -1dB).
As result, three calibration data tables are generated. Then, in further
procedures, these calibrations are used to set equalization values that
provide the desired de-emphasis, pre-shoot and voltage in the test point.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 667
11 8.0 GT/s U2 Tests

Figure 413 to Figure 416 show the connection diagrams for calibrations at
TP1.

Figure 413 Setup for 8.0GT/s U2 Calibrations (TP1, No TTC, DSOz, M8040A)

Figure 414 Setup for 8.0GT/s U2 Calibrations (TP1, No TTC, 2CH DSO, M8040A)

668 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s U2 Tests 11

Figure 415 Setup for 8.0GT/s U2 Calibrations (TP1, With TTC, M8040A)

Figure 416 Setup for 8.0GT/s U2 Calibrations (TP1, M8020A)

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 669
11 8.0 GT/s U2 Tests

Parameters in Expert Mode


• EQ Calibration Pattern
• Verification Mode
Generator
• Set Amplitude
Oscilloscope
• Scope Bandwidth
• Number of Waveform Averages
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 8, “PCIe Calibration
Parameters”.

670 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s U2 Tests 11

Result Description (similar to that for 8.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations)

Figure 417 Result for 8.0 GT/s TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration (Pre-shoot)

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 671
11 8.0 GT/s U2 Tests

• Set Random Jitter: The jitter amplitude set in the instrument.


• C+1 (x dB): The Pre-shoot measured for the combination of post-cursor
(x dB) and pre-cursor values set on the data generator.

Figure 418 Result for 8.0 GT/s TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration (De-Emphasis)

672 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s U2 Tests 11

• Set Post-Cursor: The post-cursor value set in the data generator.


• C-1 (x dB): The De-Emphasis measured for the combination of
post-cursor and pre-cursor values set on the data generator.

Figure 419 Result for 8.0 GT/s TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration (Launch Voltage)

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 673
11 8.0 GT/s U2 Tests

• Set Post-Cursor: The post-cursor value set in the data generator.


• C-1 (x dB): The Differential voltage amplitude measured for the
combination of post-cursor and pre-cursor values set on the data
generator.

674 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s U2 Tests 11

8G Random Jitter Calibration

Purpose and Method

While performing Rx tests, the input signal is stressed with a combination


of jitter sources to simulate the possible impairments that are expected at
the Rx input when operating in a target system. Random jitter is added to
simulate the effects of thermal noise. Due to system intrinsic jitter, the
effective jitter level is different from the value set in the data generator;
therefore, jitter amplitude is calibrated.
The test automation starts with a small RJ amplitude and increases that
value with several steps over a defined range. For each step, the procedure
measures the actual random jitter.
The generator sends a clock pattern during this calibration procedure.
The measurement is done on a real-time oscilloscope using the SigTest
software.
The calibration data is stored in a Cal-table. This calibration table is used
during measurements to calculate the RJ amplitude that must be set on
the generator to get the expected RJ amplitude at the test point.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 675
11 8.0 GT/s U2 Tests

Figure 420 to Figure 423 show the connection diagrams for calibrations at
TP1.

Figure 420 Setup for 8.0GT/s U2 Calibrations (TP1, No TTC, DSOz, M8040A)

For DSOz without TCCs, the oscilloscope connections must be changed


NOTE from HF channels to LF channels.

Figure 421 Setup for 8.0GT/s U2 Calibrations (TP1, No TTC, 2CH DSO, M8040A)

676 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s U2 Tests 11

Figure 422 Setup for 8.0GT/s U2 Calibrations (TP1, With TTC, M8040A)

Figure 423 Setup for 8.0GT/s U2 Calibrations (TP1, M8020A)

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 677
11 8.0 GT/s U2 Tests

Parameters in Expert Mode


• Verification Mode
• Number of averages for jitter measurement: The number of averages
(SigTest measurements) for one RJ measurement.
• Stop Random Jitter: The maximum RJ amplitude that is calibrated.
• Random Jitter Step Size: The step size that defines how much jitter is
increased for every step.
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 8, “PCIe Calibration
Parameters”.

678 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s U2 Tests 11

Result Description (similar to that for 8.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations)

Figure 424 Result for 8.0 GT/s U2 Random Jitter Calibration

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 679
11 8.0 GT/s U2 Tests

• Set Random Jitter: The jitter amplitude set in the instrument.


• Measured Random Jitter: The measured jitter amplitude.

680 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s U2 Tests 11

8G Sinusoidal Jitter Calibration

Purpose and Method

This procedure calibrates the sinusoidal jitter amplitude for a set of


frequencies (5MHz and 100MHz).
The test automation starts with small SJ amplitude and increases that
value with several steps over a defined range. For each step, the procedure
measures the actual sinusoidal jitter for all the frequencies. The
measurement is done using a real-time oscilloscope RJ/DJ-separation
software EZJIT or the SigTest Application.
The calibration data is stored in a Cal-table. This calibration table is used
during measurements to adjust the SJ amplitude to the desired output SJ
amplitudes.
Figure 425 to Figure 428 show the connection diagrams for calibrations at
TP1.

Figure 425 Setup for 8.0GT/s U2 Calibrations (TP1, No TTC, DSOz, M8040A)

For DSOz without TCCs, the oscilloscope connections must be changed


NOTE from HF channels to LF channels.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 681
11 8.0 GT/s U2 Tests

Figure 426 Setup for 8.0GT/s U2 Calibrations (TP1, No TTC, 2CH DSO, M8040A)

Figure 427 Setup for 8.0GT/s U2 Calibrations (TP1, With TTC, M8040A)

682 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s U2 Tests 11

Figure 428 Setup for 8.0GT/s U2 Calibrations (TP1, M8020A)

Parameters in Expert Mode


• Verification Mode
• CDR loop-bandwidth: The CDR loop bandwidth that passed SigTest.
Note that the higher loop bandwidth filters the SJ with high frequency.
• Number of averages for jitter measurement: The number of averages
(SigTest measurements) for one RJ measurement.
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 8, “PCIe Calibration
Parameters”.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 683
11 8.0 GT/s U2 Tests

Result Description (similar to that for 16.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations)

Figure 429 Result for 8.0 GT/s U2 SJ Calibration

684 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s U2 Tests 11

• Set SJ: The SJ jitter amplitude set in the instrument.


• SJ (x frequency): The measured sinusoidal jitter amplitude for the set SJ
amplitude and frequency.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 685
11 8.0 GT/s U2 Tests

8G DMSI Calibration

Purpose and Method

The Differential Mode Sinusoidal Interference (DMSI) is generated


internally with the data generator. The resulting amplitude at the input of
the Rx is attenuated and must be calibrated.
The test automation starts with a small DMSI amplitude and increases that
value with several steps over a defined range.
For each step, the procedure measures the actual DMSI with a real-time
oscilloscope.
The calibration data is stored in a Cal-table. When measurements are
performed, this calibration table is used to adjust the DMSI amplitude to
the desired value in the Rx input.
Figure 430 and Figure 431 show the connection diagrams for the DMSI
calibrations.

Figure 430 Setup for 8.0GT/s U2 Long Channel Calibration M8040A

686 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s U2 Tests 11

Figure 431 Setup for 8.0GT/s U2 Calibration TP2 M8020A

Parameters in Expert Mode


• Verification Mode
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 8, “PCIe Calibration
Parameters”.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 687
11 8.0 GT/s U2 Tests

Result Description (similar to that for 8.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations)

Figure 432 Result for 8.0 GT/s U2 DMSI Calibration

688 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s U2 Tests 11

• Set DM Interference: The amount of DMSI set in the data generator.


• Measured DMSI Amplitude: The actual DMSI measured with the
oscilloscope.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 689
11 8.0 GT/s U2 Tests

8G Eye-Height and Width Calibration

Purpose and Method

This procedure calibrates eye-height and eye-width by adding random


jitter and differential mode sinusoidal interference (DMSI).
Starting with “Start DMSI”, the Jitter is increased with equally spaced
steps from “Start RJ” to “Stop RJ” and the eye-height and eye-width are
measured. This procedure is now repeated for all remaining DMSI
amplitudes.
The eye is measured by using the SigTest software.
The calibration data is stored in a Cal-table. When measurements are
performed, this calibration table is used to evaluate the optimum amount
of DMSI and Random Jitter to get the desired Eye Height and Width.
Figure 433 and Figure 434 show the connection diagrams for the
Eye-Height and Width calibrations.

Figure 433 Setup for 8.0GT/s U2 Long Channel Calibration M8040A

690 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s U2 Tests 11

Figure 434 Setup for 8.0GT/s U2 Calibration TP2 M8020A

Parameters in Expert Mode


• Optimize CTLE: Select when CTLE optimization is used. By default, it is
set to False.
• RJ for CTLE optimization: Random Jitter is set if CTLE optimization is
used.
• DMSI for CTLE optimization: DMSI is set if CTLE optimization is used.
• CTLE Index: CTLE index is set if CTLE optimization is not used.
• Start DMSI: The first set DMSI value.
• Stop DMSI: The last set DMSI value.
• Start RJ: The first set RJ value.
• Stop RJ: The last set RJ value.
• Number of Averages
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 8, “PCIe Calibration
Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 8G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration on page 667.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 691
11 8.0 GT/s U2 Tests

• 8G Random Jitter Calibration on page 675.


• 8G Sinusoidal Jitter Calibration on page 681.
• 8G DMSI Calibration on page 686.

692 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s U2 Tests 11

Result Description (similar to that for 8.0GT/s CEM Calibrations)

Figure 435 Result for 8.0 GT/s U2 Eye-Height Calibration

• Set DM Interference [mV]: The DMSI set in the instrument.


• Eye Height (x RJ) [mV]: The measured eye height for x RJ.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 693
11 8.0 GT/s U2 Tests

Figure 436 Result for 8.0 GT/s U2 Eye-Width Calibration

• Set DM Interference [mV]: The DMSI set in the instrument.


• Eye Width (x RJ) [ps]: The measured eye width for x RJ.

694 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s U2 Tests 11

8G Compliance Eye Calibration

Purpose and Method

This procedure checks the possibility to generate an eye-height and an


eye-width that meet the specifications by adding Random Jitter and
Differential Mode Sinusoidal Interference.
The method starts with nominal RJ and DMSI values and checks if the
obtained eye-height and eye-width are the target values. If they are not,
RJ and DMSI are recalculated with an algorithm that uses the difference
between the measured and the target values of the eye amplitudes. The
procedure is repeated until the target values are reached or until the “Max
Number of Search Steps” is reached. If the “Max Number of Search Steps”
is reached, it checks whether or not the optimum combination of the
tested RJ and DMSI meet the specification.
Figure 437 and Figure 438 show the connection diagrams for the
Compliance Eye calibrations.

Figure 437 Setup for 8.0GT/s U2 Long Channel Calibration M8040A

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 695
11 8.0 GT/s U2 Tests

Figure 438 Setup for 8.0GT/s U2 Calibration TP2 M8020A

Parameters in Expert Mode


• Verification Mode
• Target Eye-Height: (Read-only) Max. specification value (1mV).
• Target Eye-Width: (Read-only) Max. specification value (5ps).
• Max Number of Search Steps: Max. number of times that the RJ and
DMSI can be recalculated to get the target values.
• Number of Averages
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 8, “PCIe Calibration
Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 8G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration on page 667.
• 8G Random Jitter Calibration on page 675.
• 8G Sinusoidal Jitter Calibration on page 681.
• 8G DMSI Calibration on page 686.
• 8G Eye-Height and Width Calibration on page 690.

696 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s U2 Tests 11

Result Description (similar to that for 8.0GT/s CEM Calibrations)

Figure 439 Result for 8.0 GT/s U2 Compliance Eye Calibration

• DMSI [mV]: Optimum DMSI added to the signal.


• RJ [ps]: Optimum RJ added to the signal.
• Eye Width [mV]: Eye width measured.
• Eye Height [ps]: Eye height measured.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 697
11 8.0 GT/s U2 Tests

Receiver Tests

The basic principles underlying all PCIe receiver tests are:


• Train the DUT into Loopback Mode
• Send the training pattern with defined stress characteristics
• Use the error detector to verify that the DUT loops back the correct
pattern without errors
Most of the Rx tests constantly change the signal stress to collect more
data and re-initialize the loopback mode if the DUT terminates from it. If
calibration data is available, the data confirms that the signal stress is at
the specified level and test point. If calibration data is missing, a warning
message pops up. If you ignore the warning messages explicitly, you can
run tests without the calibration data.

You do not require a real-time oscilloscope to perform Receiver Tests.


NOTE

Common Parameters for Receiver Tests

Power Switch Automation


• Use Power Switch Automation
• Power Switch Channel Number
• Power Cycle Off-On Duration
• Power Cycle Settling Time
• Power Cycle Max. Retries

Common Parameters specific for Data Rates

• Data Rate Deviation


Loopback Training
• Link Training Mode
• Link Training Suite Settings File
• Suppress Loopback Training Messages
• User Custom Training Voltage
Interactive Link Training
• Training through

698 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s U2 Tests 11

• Generator Full Swing


• Generator Start Preset
• DUT Initial Preset
• DUT Target Preset
• Drop Link Method
Error Detector
• Use CDR
• CDR Loop Bandwidth
• Peaking
• Analyzer Equalization
• Capture and Compare Mode
• Sensitivity
• Pause before Auto-Align
• Polarity
BER Measurement
• Relax Time

Common Parameters specific for Lanes

• Use Preset
• Generator Preset
• Pre-shoot
• De-Emphasis
All these parameter are described in detail in the section PCIe Parameters
on page 50.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 699
11 8.0 GT/s U2 Tests

8G Rx EQ Coefficient Matrix Scan

Purpose and Method

This procedure measures the BER with a combination of coefficients C+1


(Pre-cursor) and C-1 (Post-cursor) to create a co-efficient matrix with the
BER results. At each step, the BER value is measured for different values of
C+1 coefficient while the C-1 coefficient value is kept constant. The
resulting values are mapped on to a triangular matrix, where each element
contains four entries (measured BER, pre-shoot, de-emphasis, and boost).
Elements on a diagonal line from bottom left to top right have the same
maximum boost value. The elements of the matrix are displayed in
different colors depending on the measured BER value. If the element
appears in green color, the entry values are valid and they can be used for
testing. As the color changes to red, such values are invalid for testing.
If the parameter “Allow user to enter optimum equalization” for remaining
tests is set to ‘True’, a window appears where you can select the values of
pre-shoot and de-emphasis from the resulting graph.

Connection Diagram

Figure 440 Setup for 8.0GT/s U2 Receiver Tests M8040A

700 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s U2 Tests 11

Figure 441 Setup for 8.0GT/s U2 Receiver Tests M8020A

Parameters in Expert Mode

Loopback Training
• Force Retraining at each BER Measurement
• Pre-shoot used for LB Training
• De-Emphasis used for LB Training
Eye Parameter
• Eye Height
• Eye Width
• Differential Mode Sinusoidal Interference: The amount of DMSI, which
must be added to the signal to achieve the desired eye-height and
eye-width in combination with the RJ.
• Random Jitter: The amount of RJ, which must be added to the signal to
achieve the desired eye-height and eye-width in combination with the
DMSI.
• Sinusoidal Jitter
• Sinusoidal Jitter Frequency
Coefficient Variation

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 701
11 8.0 GT/s U2 Tests

• Test Presets Only


• Coefficient Divider
• Maximum Boost
• Start Pre-Shoot
• Start De-Emphasis
BER Measurement
• BER Mode
• Target BER
• Confidence Level
Equalization for remaining Tests
• Allow user to enter optimum equalization for remaining Rx tests
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 9, “PCIe Receiver
Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 8G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration on page 667.
• 8G Random Jitter Calibration on page 675.
• 8G Sinusoidal Jitter Calibration on page 681.
• 8G DMSI Calibration on page 686.
• 8G Eye-Height and Width Calibration on page 690.

702 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s U2 Tests 11

Result Description (similar to that for 8.0GT/s ASIC Rx Tests)

Figure 442 Result for 8.0 GT/s U2 Rx EQ Coefficient Matrix Scan

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 703
11 8.0 GT/s U2 Tests

• C-1/C+1: Result of the BER measurement for the specific combination


of the coefficient matrix.

704 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s U2 Tests 11

8G Rx Pre-Shoot De-Emphasis Scan

Purpose and Method

The purpose of this test is to find the optimum combination of


de-emphasis and pre-shoot amplitude. As a first step, the procedure sets
initial de-emphasis and pre-shoot values and adjusts the eye height to
obtain the desired BER (slightly above 1e-9). Then, it retains the initial
pre-shoot and performs a de-emphasis scan, measuring the BER for every
de-emphasis value. After that, it retains the initial de-emphasis amplitude
and makes a pre-shoot scan. Finally, the test shows the result tables, one
for the de-emphasis scan and one for the pre-shoot scan. The results let
you see the best combination with the initial values that were selected.

Connection Diagram

Figure 443 Setup for 8.0GT/s U2 Receiver Tests M8040A

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 705
11 8.0 GT/s U2 Tests

Figure 444 Setup for 8.0GT/s U2 Receiver Tests M8020A

Parameters in Expert Mode

Eye Parameter
• Scan Order
• Initial De-Emphasis
• Initial Pre-shoot
• Force Retraining at each Preset
De-Emphasis Variation
• Start De-Emphasis
• Stop De-Emphasis
• De-Emphasis Step Size
BER Measurement
• BER Mode
• Target BER
• Confidence Level
Pre-Shoot Variation
• Start Pre-shoot

706 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s U2 Tests 11

• Stop Pre-shoot
• Pre-shoot Step Size
Equalization for remaining Rx Tests
• Allow user to enter optimum equalization for remaining Rx tests
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 9, “PCIe Receiver
Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 8G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration on page 667.
• 8G Random Jitter Calibration on page 675.
• 8G Sinusoidal Jitter Calibration on page 681.
• 8G DMSI Calibration on page 686.
• 8G Eye-Height and Width Calibration on page 690.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 707
11 8.0 GT/s U2 Tests

Result Description (similar to that for 8.0GT/s ASIC Rx Tests)

Figure 445 Result for 8.0 GT/s U2 Rx De-Emphasis Scan

708 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s U2 Tests 11

• x-column [dB]: The de-emphasis level added to the signal at each step.
• BER for De-Emphasis Scan: The BER measured at each step.

Figure 446 Result for 8.0 GT/s U2 Rx Pre-Shoot Scan

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 709
11 8.0 GT/s U2 Tests

• x-column [dB]: The pre-shoot level added to the signal at each step.
• BER for Pre-Shoot Scan: The BER measured at each step.

710 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s U2 Tests 11

8G Rx Preset Pre-Compliance Test

Purpose and Method

This test determines if the DUT meets the receiver specifications for
different presets.
Eye-height, eye-width and sinusoidal jitter are set to the specified values.
Eye-height and eye-width are generated adding the adequate amount of
random jitter and DMSI.
The procedure measures the number of errors during “BER Measurement
duration” and checks if the “Target BER” is met. In this procedure, presets
P7 and P8 are tested.

Connection Diagram

Figure 447 Setup for 8.0GT/s U2 Receiver Tests M8040A

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 711
11 8.0 GT/s U2 Tests

Figure 448 Setup for 8.0GT/s U2 Receiver Tests M8020A

Parameters in Expert Mode

Loopback Training
• Enable Impairments for Loopback Training
Eye Parameter
• Eye Height
• Eye Width
• Differential Mode Sinusoidal Interference: The amount of DMSI, which
must be added to achieve the desired eye height and eye width in
combination with RJ.
• Random Jitter: The amount of RJ, which must be added to achieve the
desired eye height and eye width in combination with DMSI.
• Sinusoidal Jitter: 12.5ps of SJ must be added for this test.
• Sinusoidal Jitter Frequency
BER Measurement
• BER Measurement Duration
• Target BER

712 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s U2 Tests 11

For description of the parameters, refer to Table 9, “PCIe Receiver


Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 8G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration on page 667.
• 8G Random Jitter Calibration on page 675.
• 8G Sinusoidal Jitter Calibration on page 681.
• 8G DMSI Calibration on page 686.
• 8G Eye-Height and Width Calibration on page 690.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 713
11 8.0 GT/s U2 Tests

Result Description (similar to that for 8.0GT/s CEM Rx Tests)

Figure 449 Result for 8.0 GT/s U2 Preset Pre-Compliance Test

• Result: The BER measured should be smaller than the Target BER.
• Preset: The Preset that was tested.
• Target BER: Max. BER allowed to pass the test.
• Measured BER

714 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s U2 Tests 11

8G Rx Pre-Compliance Test

Purpose and Method

This test determines if the DUT meets the receiver specifications for Preset
P7 only.
Eye-height, eye-width and sinusoidal jitter are set to the specified values.
Eye-height and eye-width are generated adding the adequate amount of
random jitter and DMSI.
The procedure measures the number of errors during “BER Measurement
duration” and checks if the “Target BER” is met.

Connection Diagram

Figure 450 Setup for 8.0GT/s U2 Receiver Tests M8040A

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 715
11 8.0 GT/s U2 Tests

Figure 451 Setup for 8.0GT/s U2 Receiver Tests M8020A

Parameters in Expert Mode

Loopback Training
• Enable Impairments for Loopback Training
Eye Parameter
• Eye Height
• Eye Width
• Differential Mode Sinusoidal Interference: The amount of DMSI, which
must be added to achieve the desired eye height and eye width in
combination with RJ.
• Random Jitter: The amount of RJ, which must be added to achieve the
desired eye height and eye width in combination with DMSI.
• Sinusoidal Jitter: 12.5ps of SJ must be added for this test.
• Sinusoidal Jitter Frequency
BER Measurement
• BER Mode
• BER Measurement Duration
• Target BER

716 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s U2 Tests 11

For description of the parameters, refer to Table 9, “PCIe Receiver


Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 8G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration on page 667.
• 8G Random Jitter Calibration on page 675.
• 8G Sinusoidal Jitter Calibration on page 681.
• 8G DMSI Calibration on page 686.
• 8G Eye-Height and Width Calibration on page 690.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 717
11 8.0 GT/s U2 Tests

Result Description (similar to that for 8.0GT/s CEM Rx Tests)

Figure 452 Result for 8.0 GT/s U2 Pre-Compliance Test

• Result: The BER measured should be smaller than the Target BER.
• Target BER: Max. BER allowed to pass the test.
• Measured BER

718 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s U2 Tests 11

8G Rx Jitter Tolerance Test

Purpose and Method

The Rx Jitter Tolerance Test determines how much jitter a DUT can
tolerate at different SJ frequencies.
The test procedure applies a search algorithm that is sequentially used
over a range of jitter frequencies. The range of frequencies to be tested is
defined with the “Frequency Mode” property. At each jitter frequency
value, the maximum jitter amplitude where the DUT produced no more bit
errors than the Number of Allowed Bit Errors is stored as the max. passed
jitter value. The result is a curve that shows the maximum jitter that the
DUT can tolerate over the SJ frequency.
There are different methods to find the maximum passed jitter amplitude.
It can be selected with “search algorithm” parameters, such as: Binary,
Linear, Linear with two sizes, Linear with Hysteresis or Logarithmic.
• If Binary is selected, the binary search algorithm is used. At first, the
jitter amplitude is set to the middle of the tested range. When the BER
test passes, it goes up and when the test fails, it goes down, At each
step, the step size is reduced until the target resolution is reached.
• If Linear is selected, the test uses the defined step size to go up linearly
from “Start Jitter” until the BER test fails.
• If Linear with two step size is selected, the test first uses relatively large
steps to go up linearly from “Start Jitter”. When BER test fails, it goes
back to the last passed point and steps up again with small steps until
an error is found again.
• If Linear with Hysteresis is selected, the test first uses relatively large
steps to go up linearly from “Start Jitter”. When BER test fails, it goes
back down with mid-sized steps until it passes again. From that point, it
steps up again with small steps until an error is found again.
• If Logarithmic is selected, the test uses the defined step factor to
increase with a logarithmic scale from “Start Jitter” until the BER test
fails.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 719
11 8.0 GT/s U2 Tests

Connection Diagram

Figure 453 Setup for 8.0GT/s U2 Receiver Tests M8040A

720 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s U2 Tests 11

Figure 454 Setup for 8.0GT/s U2 Receiver Tests M8020A

Parameters in Expert Mode

Sinusoidal Jitter Variation


• Frequency Mode
• If the option ‘User Defined Frequencies’ is selected, parameter is:
• Frequency Points
• If the option ‘Single Frequency’ is selected, parameter is:
• Jitter frequencies
• If the option ‘Equally Spaced Frequencies’ is selected, parameter is:
• Frequency Scale
• Start frequency
• Stop frequency
• Frequency Steps
• Search algorithm
• Jitter Step Size
• Jitter Start Value
• Show Min. Failed Points

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 721
11 8.0 GT/s U2 Tests

Parameter
• Use Compliance RJ and DMSI values
• Differential Mode Sinusoidal Interference
• Random Jitter
• Force retraining on each frequency
BER Measurement
• BER Mode
• BER Measurement Duration
• Allowed Bit Error
• Target BER
• Confidence Level
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 9, “PCIe Receiver
Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 8G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration on page 667.
• 8G Random Jitter Calibration on page 675.
• 8G Sinusoidal Jitter Calibration on page 681.
• 8G DMSI Calibration on page 686.
• 8G Eye-Height and Width Calibration on page 690.

722 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s U2 Tests 11

Result Description (similar to that for 8.0GT/s ASIC Rx Tests)

Figure 455 Result for 8.0 GT/s U2 Rx Jitter Tolerance Test

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 723
11 8.0 GT/s U2 Tests

• Result: “Pass”/“Fail”, if the BER test at a specific frequency is passed,


the value is “Pass” otherwise “Fail”.
• SJ Frequency: The value of SJ frequency applied to the test signal.
• Min Failed Jitter: The first value of SJ amplitude where the DUT didn’t
pass the BER test at a specific frequency.
• Max Passed Jitter: The maximum value of SJ that the DUT can tolerate
at a specific SJ frequency.
• Jitter Capability: The maximum value of jitter that the test setup can
generate at a specific SJ frequency.

724 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s U2 Tests 11

8G Rx Sensitivity Test

Purpose and Method

This test searches the minimum eye-height, where the DUT passes the
BER test.
The method starts with “Start Eye Height” and decreases with steps of
“Step Size”. The minimum passed value is the last test point that did not
return an error. Eye height is generated, thereby, changing the Differential
Mode Sinusoidal Interference; the random jitter is fixed to the compliance
value.

Connection Diagram

Figure 456 Setup for 8.0GT/s U2 Receiver Tests M8040A

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 725
11 8.0 GT/s U2 Tests

Figure 457 Setup for 8.0GT/s U2 Receiver Tests M8020A

Parameters in Expert Mode

Sensitivity Variation
• Start Eye Height
• Stop Eye Height
• Eye Height Step Size
Parameter
• Random Jitter
• Sinusoidal Jitter
• Sinusoidal Jitter Frequency
BER Measurement
• BER Mode
• BER Measurement Duration
• Allowed Bit Error
• Target BER
• Confidence Level

726 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s U2 Tests 11

For description of the parameters, refer to Table 9, “PCIe Receiver


Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 8G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration on page 667.
• 8G Random Jitter Calibration on page 675.
• 8G Sinusoidal Jitter Calibration on page 681.
• 8G DMSI Calibration on page 686.
• 8G Eye-Height and Width Calibration on page 690.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 727
11 8.0 GT/s U2 Tests

Result Description (similar to that for 8.0GT/s CEM Rx Tests)

Figure 458 Result for 8.0 GT/s CEM Rx Sensitivity Test

• Result: Pass, if the main passed eye-height is lower than the


specification limit.
• Max Passed Eye Height: This is the maximum value of eye-height that
the DUT can tolerate.
• Spec Limit: This is the minimum value of eye-height that the DUT
should tolerate according to the specifications.
• Margin: Ratio between the min. eye height tolerated and the minimum
defined in the specifications.

728 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s U2 Tests 11

8G LEQ Rx Compliance Test

Purpose and Method

These tests use the interactive link training feature of the J-BERT to enable
the DUT to negotiate the generator transmitter preset that must be used.
For U2 DUTs, the starting generator transmitter preset is P7. Once the
equalization training is finished and the DUT is in loopback mode, the test
behaves the same as 8G Rx Pre Compliance Test. See 8G Rx
Pre-Compliance Test on page 715.

8G LEQ Rx Jitter Tolerance Test

Purpose and Method

This test characterizes how much jitter a DUT can tolerate at different
frequencies of sinusoidal jitter.
It uses the interactive link training feature of the JBERT to enable the DUT
to negotiate the generator transmitter preset that must be used. Once the
equalization training is finished and the DUT is in loopback mode, the test
behaves in the same manner as the 8G Rx Jitter Tolerance Test. See 8G Rx
Jitter Tolerance Test on page 719.

8G LEQ Rx Sensitivity Test

Purpose and Method

This test searches the minimum eye height where the DUT passes the BER
test. It uses the interactive link training feature of the JBERT to enable the
DUT to negotiate the generator transmitter preset that must be used.
Once the equalization training is finished and the DUT is in loopback
mode, the test behaves in the same manner as the 8G Rx Sensitivity Test.
See 8G Rx Sensitivity Test on page 725.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 729
11 8.0 GT/s U2 Tests

Link Equalization Transmitter Tests

Common Parameters for Link Equalization Transmitter Tests

• Scope connection for Link EQ Tx Tests


• Generator Output Voltage Compensation
• Skip BER Check
Power Switch Automation
• Use Power Switch Automation
• Power Switch Channel Number
• Power Cycle Off-On Duration
• Power Cycle Settling Time
• Power Cycle Max. Retries

Common Parameters specific for Data Rates

Loopback Training
• Link EQ Tx Test Script File
• Generator Start Preset
Error Detector
• Sensitivity
All these parameter are described in detail in the section PCIe Parameters
on page 50.

730 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s U2 Tests 11

8G LEQ Tx Initial Preset Compliance Test

Purpose and Method

This test is valid for End Point DUTs (or Add-In Cards or devices) only. It
uses the interactive link training feature of the JBERT.
The JBERT runs the link training, setting several initial equalization
transmitter presets on the DUT and skipping the link equalization phase.
Once the DUT is in loopback, the DUT signal is captured and analyzed to
check whether or not the DUT is using the preset requested by the JBERT.

Connection Diagram

Figure 459 Setup for 8.0GT/s U2 LEQ Tx Tests M8040A

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 731
11 8.0 GT/s U2 Tests

Figure 460 Setup for 8.0GT/s U2 LEQ Tx Tests M8020A

732 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s U2 Tests 11

Result Description (similar to that for 8.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations)

Figure 461 Result for 8.0 GT/s U2 LEQ Tx Initial Preset Compliance Test

• Result: The measured Pre-Shoot and De-Emphasis must be within the


specification limits.
• DUT Initial Preset: Set by the JBERT.
• Pre-Shoot [dB]: Measured Pre-Shoot on the DUT waveform.
• Min Spec PS [dB]: Pre-Shoot lower specification limit.
• Max Spec PS [dB]: Pre-Shoot upper specification limit.
• De-Emphasis [dB]: Measured De-Emphasis on the DUT waveform.
• Min Spec DE [dB]: De-Emphasis lower specification limit.
• Max Spec DE [dB]: De-Emphasis upper specification limit.
• Comment: A comment can be added to each test step if fails,
explaining the reason.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 733
11 8.0 GT/s U2 Tests

8G LEQ Tx Response Time Compliance Test

Purpose and Method

This test uses the interactive link training feature of the JBERT to train the
DUT into loopback mode, running the link equalization phase completely.
A certain initial transmitter preset is set to the DUT. A successful link
training raises an event, which is used to capture the waveforms of the
JBERT and the DUT. At that moment, the captured waveform from the
JBERT contains the preset change request and the waveform from the
DUT contains the acknowledgment of that request. Additionally, waveform
from the DUT also contains the physical transition from the initial
transmitter preset to the requested preset.
The captured data is decoded and two time-spans are calculated: one
between the request and the acknowledgment, and other between the
request and the electrical transition.
Finally, once the DUT is in the loopback mode, a similar preset
measurement is performed for the Initial Preset.
The test is divided in two parts. In the first part, the JBERT requests for
transmitter presets. In the second part, the JBERT requests the
pre-cursor, cursor and post-cursor reported by the DUT.
For End Point DUTs (or Add-In Cards or devices), the initial transmitter
preset is set by the JBERT. For RootComplex DUTs (or Systems or Hosts),
you must manually set the DUT initial transmitter preset.

734 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s U2 Tests 11

Connection Diagram

Figure 462 Setup for 8.0GT/s U2 LEQ Tx Tests M8040A

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 735
11 8.0 GT/s U2 Tests

Figure 463 Setup for 8.0GT/s U2 LEQ Tx Tests M8020A

Parameters in Expert Mode

Parameter
• Max Number of Retries: If the acquired data cannot be decoded, the
link training can be repeated to get new data.
• Scope visible range: Waveform range, used at the moment when the
link equalization phase is performed.
Oscilloscope
• Scope Horizontal Range
• Scope Request Vertical Range
• Scope Response Vertical Range

736 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s U2 Tests 11

Result Description (similar to that for 8.0GT/s ASIC Calibrations)

Figure 464 Result for 8.0 GT/s U2 LEQ Tx Response Time Compliance

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 737
11 8.0 GT/s U2 Tests

• Result: Max. passed Jitter should be bigger than Min. Specification.


• DUT Target Preset: The transmitter preset that is requested to the DUT
at each step.
• Electrical response time [ns]: The calculated timespan between the
request from the JBERT and the physical preset transition on the DUT
waveform.
• Protocol response time [ns]: The calculated timespan between the
request from the JBERT and the acknowledgment.
• Pre-Shoot [dB]: The measured Pre-Shoot on the DUT waveform.
• Min Spec ps [dB]: The pre-Shoot lower specification limit.
• Max Spec ps [dB]: The pre-Shoot upper specification limit.
• De-Emphasis [dB]: The measured De-Emphasis on the DUT waveform.
• Min Spec DE[dB]: The De-Emphasis lower specification limit.
• Max Spec DE[dB]: The De-Emphasis upper specification limit.
• Comment: A comment can be added to each test step.

738 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s U2 Tests 11

Receiver Setup Tests

Common Parameters for Receiver Setup Tests

Power Switch Automation


• Use Power Switch Automation
• Power Switch Channel Number
• Power Cycle Off-On Duration
• Power Cycle Settling Time
• Power Cycle Max. Retries

Common Parameters specific for Data Rates

• Data Rate Deviation

Common Parameters specific for Lanes

• Use Preset
• Generator Preset
• Pre-shoot
• De-Emphasis
All these parameter are described in detail in the section PCIe Parameters
on page 50.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 739
11 8.0 GT/s U2 Tests

8G Rx Compliance Setup

Purpose and Method

The purpose of this procedure is to configure the data generator with the
parameters needed in the 8G Rx Pre-Compliance Test using the
calibration data saved on the machine where N5991A software is running.
The method initiates in the same manner as the Pre-Compliance test but it
does not run completely; it only leaves the setup prepared. The set
parameters are the eye height and the eye width.

Connection Diagram

Figure 465 Setup for 8.0GT/s U2 Receiver Setup M8040A

740 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
8.0 GT/s U2 Tests 11

Figure 466 Setup for 8.0GT/s U2 Receiver Setup M8020A

Parameters in Expert Mode


• Eye Height
• Eye Width
• Differential Mode Sinusoidal Interference: The amount of DMSI, which
must be added to the signal to achieve the desired eye-height and
eye-width in combination with the RJ.
• Random Jitter: The amount of RJ, which must be added to the signal to
achieve the desired eye-height and eye-width in combination with the
DMSI.
• Sinusoidal Jitter: 12.5ps of SJ must be added for this test.
• Sinusoidal Jitter Frequency
For description of the parameters, refer to Table 9, “PCIe Receiver
Parameters”.

Used Calibrations (Prerequisite)


• 8G TxEQ and Launch Voltage Calibration on page 667.
• 8G Random Jitter Calibration on page 675.
• 8G Sinusoidal Jitter Calibration on page 681.

Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 741
11 8.0 GT/s U2 Tests

• 8G DMSI Calibration on page 686.


• 8G Eye-Height and Width Calibration on page 690.

Result Description
• None.

742 Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide
Keysight N5991 PCIe Test Automation Software Platform User Guide 743
This information is subject to
change without notice.
© Keysight Technologies 2019
Edition 1.0, October 2019

www.keysight.com

You might also like